WO2002034783A2 - Transmembrane proteins - Google Patents

Transmembrane proteins Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002034783A2
WO2002034783A2 PCT/US2001/049670 US0149670W WO0234783A2 WO 2002034783 A2 WO2002034783 A2 WO 2002034783A2 US 0149670 W US0149670 W US 0149670W WO 0234783 A2 WO0234783 A2 WO 0234783A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polynucleotide
polypeptide
seq
sequence
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2001/049670
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002034783A3 (en
Inventor
Bridget A. Warren
Yuming Xu
Henry Yue
Sajeev Batra
Neil Burford
Ameena R. Gandhi
Narinder K. Chawla
Chandra Arvizu
Y. Tom Tang
Dyung Aina M. Lu
Brendan M. Duggan
Mariah R. Baughn
Ernestine A. Lee
Farrah A. Khan
Danniel B. Nguyen
Yalda Azimzai
Monique G. Yao
Preeti G. Lal
Kavitha Thangavelu
Jayalaxmi Ramkumar
Bao Tran
Li Ding
Janice Au-Young
Original Assignee
Incyte Genomics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Incyte Genomics, Inc. filed Critical Incyte Genomics, Inc.
Priority to AU2002232707A priority Critical patent/AU2002232707A1/en
Priority to EP01988736A priority patent/EP1385883A2/en
Priority to US10/415,188 priority patent/US20040049010A1/en
Priority to JP2002537772A priority patent/JP2004530409A/en
Priority to CA002427085A priority patent/CA2427085A1/en
Publication of WO2002034783A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002034783A2/en
Publication of WO2002034783A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002034783A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/06Anti-spasmodics, e.g. drugs for colics, esophagic dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/10Laxatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12Antidiarrhoeals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/12Keratolytics, e.g. wart or anti-corn preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/06Antibacterial agents for tuberculosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10Antimycotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02Antidotes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/04Chelating agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/06Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/06Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
    • A61P5/08Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the anterior pituitary hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • A61P5/40Mineralocorticosteroids, e.g. aldosterone; Drugs increasing or potentiating the activity of mineralocorticosteroids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/08Vasodilators for multiple indications
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives

Definitions

  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and a ino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, cell proliferative, and autoin- ⁇ iiune/jMammatory disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins.
  • Eukaryotic organisms are distinct from prokaryotes in possessing many intracellular membrane-bound compartments such, as organelles and vesicles. Many of the metabolic reactions whicli distinguish eukaryotic biochemistry fromprokaryotic biochemistry take place within these compartments. In particular, many cellular functions require very stringent reaction conditions, and the organelles and vesicles enable compartmentalization and isolation of reactions which might otherwise disrupt cytosolic metabolic processes.
  • the organelles include mitochondria, smooth and rough endoplas ic reticula, sarcoplasmic reticulum, and the Golgi body.
  • the vesicles include phagosomes, lysosomes, endosomes, peroxisomes, and secretory vesicles. Organelles and vesicles are bounded by single or double membranes.
  • Membranes surround organelles, vesicles, and the cell itself.
  • Membranes are highly selective permeability barriers made up of lipid bilayer sheets composed of phosphoglycerides, fatty acids, cholesterol, phospholipids, glycolipids, proteoglycans, and proteins.
  • Membranes contain ion pumps, ion channels, and specific receptors for external stimuli which transmit biochemical signals across the membranes. These membranes also contain second messenger proteins which interact with these pumps, channels, and receptors to amplify and regulate transmission of these signals.
  • TMP Transmembrane proteins
  • TMP domains are typically comprised of 15 to 25 hydrophobic amino acids which are predicted to adopt an ⁇ -helical conformation.
  • TMP are classified as bitopic (Types I and II) proteins, which span the membrane once, and polytopic (Types III and IV) (Singer, SJ. (1990) Aimu. Rev. Cell Biol. 6:247-96) proteins, which contain multiple membrane-spanning segments.
  • TMP that act as cell-surface receptor proteins involved in signal transduction include growth and differentiation factor receptors, and receptor-interacting proteins such as Drosophila pecanex and frizzled proteins, LIV-1 protein, NF2 protein, and GNS1/SUR4 eukaryotic integral membrane proteins. TMP also act as transporters of ions or metabolites, such as gap junction channels (connexins) and ion channels, and as cell anchoring proteins, such as lectins, integrins, and fibronectins. TMP function as vesicle and organelle-formi ⁇ g molecules, such as caveolins; or cell recognition molecules, such as cluster of differentiation (CD) antigens, glycoproteins, and mucins.
  • CD cluster of differentiation
  • hydrophilic molecules across membranes is facilitated by the presence of channel proteins which form aqueous pores which can perforate a lipid bilayer.
  • Many channels consist of protein complexes formed by the assembly of multiple subunits, at least one of which is an integral membrane protein that contributes to formation of the pore. In some cases, the pore is constructed to allow selective passage of only one or a few molecular species.
  • Distinct types of membrane channels that differ greatly in their distribution and selectivity include: (1) aquaporins, which transport water; (2) protein-conducting channels, which transport proteins across the endoplasmic reticulum membrane; (3) gap junctions, which facilitate diffusion of ions and small organic molecules between neighboring cells; and (4) ion channels, which regulate ion flux through various membranes.
  • Gap junctions are specialized regions of the plasma membrane comprising transmembrane channels that function chemically and electrically to couple the cytoplasms of neighboring cells in many tissues. Gap junctions function as electrical synapses for intercellular propagation of action potentials in excitable tissues. In nonexcitable tissues, gap junctions have roles in tissue homeostasis, coordinated physiological response, metabolic cooperation, growth control, and the regulation of development and differentiation.
  • each connexon which spans the lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane, is composed of six identical subunits called connexins. At least fourteen distinct connexin proteins exist, with each having similar structures but differing tissue distributions. Structurally, the connexins consist of a short cytoplasmic N-terminal domain connected to four transmembrane spanning regions (Ml, M2, M3 and M4) which separate two extracellular and one cytoplasmic loop followed by a C-tenminal, cytoplasmic domain of variable length (20 resides in Cx26 to 260 residues in Cx56). The M2-M3 loop and the N- and C-termini are oriented towards the cell cytoplasm.
  • conserved regions include the membrane spanning regions and the two extracellular loops. Within the extracellular loops are three conserved cysteines which are involved in disulfide bond formation. Signature patterns for these two loops are either: C-[DN]-T-x-Q-P-G-C-x-(2)-V-C-Y-D or C-x(3,4)-P-C-x(3)-[LIVM]-[DEN]-C-[FY]-tLIVM]- [SAHKR--P (PDOC00341, Profilescan and S. Rahman and W.H. Evans, (1991) J. Cell Sci. 100:567- 578).
  • variable regions which include the cytoplasmic loop and the C-temiinal region, may be responsible for the regulation of different connexins.
  • Gap junctions help to synchronize heart and smooth muscle contraction, speed neural transmission, and propagate extracellular signals. Gap junctions can open and close in response to particular stimuli (e.g., pH, Ca +2 , and cAMP).
  • the effective pore size of a gap junction is approximately 1.5 nm, which enables small molecules (e.g., those under 1000 daltons) to diffuse freely through the pore.
  • Transported molecules include ions, small metabohtes, and second messengers (e.g., Ca +2 and cAMP).
  • Connexins have many disease associations. Female mice lacking connexin 37 (Cx37) are infertile due to the absence of the oocyte-granulosa cell signaling pathway. Mice lacking Cx43 die shortly after birth and show cardiac defects reminiscent of some forms of stenosis of the pulmonary artery in humans. Mutations in Cx32 are associated with the X-linked form of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, a motor and sensory neuropathy of the peripheral nervous system. Cx26 is expressed in the placenta, and Cx26-deficient mice show decreased transplacental transport of a glucose analog from the maternal to the fetal circulation.
  • Cx26 has been identified as the first susceptibility gene for non-syndromic sensorineural autosomal deafness. Mutations in in Cx31 have been linked with an autosomal-dominant hearing impairment (a nonsense or missense mutation in the second extracellular loop) and in a dominantly transmitted skin disorder, variabilis (missense mutations in either the N-terminal domain or the M2 domain.) (See A. M. Simon, (1999) Trends Cell Biol. 9:169- 170). Cx46 is expressed in lens fiber cells, and Cx46-deficient mice develop early-onset cataracts that resemble human nuclear cataracts. (See Nicholson, S.M. and R. Bruzzone (1997) Curr. Biol. 7:R340- R344.)
  • Plasma membrane proteins are divided into two groups based upon methods of protein extraction from the membrane. Extrinsic or peripheral membrane proteins can be released using extremes of ionic strength or pH, urea, or other disrupters of protein interactions. Intrinsic or integral membrane proteins are released only when the lipid bilayer of the membrane is dissolved by detergent.
  • membrane proteins contain amino acid sequence motifs that serve to localize proteins to specific subcellular sites. Examples of these motifs include PDZ domains, KDEL, RGD, NGR, and GSL sequence motifs, von Willebrand factor A (vWFA) domains, and EGF-like domains. RGD, NGR, and GSL motif-containing peptides have been used as drug delivery agents in targeted cancer treatment of tumor vasculature (Arap, W. et al. (1998) Science, 279:377-380). Membrane proteins may also contain amino acid sequence motifs that serve to interact with extracellular or intracellular molecules, such as carbohydrate recognition domains.
  • Chemical modification of amino acid residue side chains alters the manner in which MPs interact with other molecules, such as membrane phospholipids.
  • Examples of such chemical modifications include the formation of covalent bonds with glycosaminoglycans, oligosaccharides, phospholipids, acetyl and palmitoyl moieties, ADP-ribose, phosphate, and sulphate groups.
  • RNA encoding membrane proteins may have alternative splice sites which give rise to proteins encoded by the same gene but with different messenger RNA and amino acid sequences. Splice variant membrane proteins may interact with other ligand and protein isoforms. Transmembrane proteins of the plasma membrane also include cell surface receptors.
  • hormones such as catecholamines, e.g., epinephrine, norepinephrine, and histamine; peptide hormones, e.g., glucagon, insulin, gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin, adrenocorticotropic hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, luteinizing hormone, thyroid stimulating hormone, parathyroid hormone, and vasopressin; growth and differentiation factors, e.g., epidermal growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, transforming growth factor, insulin-like growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, nerve growth factor, colony-stimulating factors, and erythropoietin; cytokines, e.g., chemokines, interleukins, interferons, and tumor necrosis factor; small peptide factors such as bombesin, oxytocin, endothelin, angiotensin II, vasoactive intestinal peptide, and bra
  • LDL low density lipoproteins
  • transferrin glucose- or mannose-terminal glycoproteins
  • galactose- terminal glycoproteins galactose- terminal glycoproteins
  • immunoglobulins phosphovitellogenins
  • fibrin proteinase-inhibitor complexes
  • plasminogen activators and thrombospondin.
  • the LDL receptor is an integral membrane protein which functions in lipid uptake by removing cholesterol from the blood. Most cells outside the liver and intestine take up cholesterol from the blood rather than synthesize it themselves. Cell surface LDL receptors bind LDL particles which are then internalized by endocytosis (Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, NCH Publishers, New York NY, pp. 494-501). Absence of the LDL receptor, the cause of the disease familial hypercholesterolemia, leads to increased plasma cholesterol levels and ultimately to atherosclerosis (Stryer, L. (1995) Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman, New York NY, pp. 691-702).
  • G-Protein Coupled Receptors comprise a superfamily of integral membrane proteins which transduce extracellular signals. GPCRs include receptors for biogenic amines, lipid mediators of inflammation, peptide hormones, and sensory signal mediators.
  • the structure of these highly-conserved receptors consists of seven hydrophobic transmembrane (serpentine) regions, cysteine disulfide bridges between the second and third extracellular loops, an extracellular N-terminus, and a cytoplasmic C-terminus. Three extracellular loops alternate with three intracellular loops to link the seven transmembrane regions. The most conserved parts of these proteins are the transmembrane regions and the first two cytoplasmic loops. Cysteine disulfide bridges connect the second and third extracellular loops. A conserved, acidic-Arg- aromatic residue triplet present in the second cytoplasmic loop may interact with G proteins.
  • GPCR consensus pattern is characteristic of most proteins belonging to this superfamily (ExPASy PROSITE document PS00237; and Watson, S. and S. Arkinstall (1994) The G-protein Linked Receptor Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, pp 2-6). Mutations and changes in transcriptional activation of GPCR-encoding genes have been associated with neurological disorders such as schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, drug addiction, and feeding disorders.
  • the juvenile development and fertility-2 locus also called ranty-jerky-sterile (rjs) is associated with deletions and point mutations in HERC2, a gene encoding a guanine nucleotide exchange factor protein involved in vesicular trafficking (Walkowicz, M. et al. (1999) Mamm. Genome 10:870-878).
  • a GPCR known as FP is the receptor for prostaglandin F 2 ⁇ (PGF 2 ⁇ ).
  • the prostaglandins belong to a large family of naturally occurring paracrine/autocrine mediators of physiologic and inflammatory responses.
  • PGF 2 ⁇ plays a role in responses of certain tissues such as reproductive tract, lung, bone, and heart, including the stimulation of myometrial contraction, corpus luteum breakdown, and bronchoconstriction.
  • An FP-associated molecule (FPRP) is copurified with FP and is expressed only in those tissues where a physiological role for PGF 2 ⁇ has been described.
  • FPRP is predicted to be a transmembrane protein with glycosolated extracellular immunoglobulin loops and a short, highly charged intracellular domain.
  • FPRP appears to be a negative regulator of PGF 2 ⁇ binding to FP.
  • FPRP may be associated with PGF 2 ⁇ related diseases, which may include dysmenorrhea, infertility, asthma, or cardiomyophathy (Orlicky, D. J. et al. (1996) Hum. Genet. 97:655-658).
  • Scavenger Receptors Macrophage scavenger receptors with broad ligand specificity may participate in the binding of low density lipoproteins (LDL) and foreign antigens.
  • LDL low density lipoproteins
  • Scavenger receptors types I and II are trimeric membrane proteins with each subunit containing a small N-terminal intracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, a large extracellular domain, and a C-terminal cysteine-rich domain.
  • the extracellular domain contains a short spacer domain, an ⁇ -helical coiled-coil domain, and a triple helical collagenous domain.
  • These receptors have been shown to bind a spectrum of ligands, including chemically modified lipoproteins and albumin, polyribonucleotides, polysaccharides, phospholipids, and asbestos (Matsumoto, A. et al. (1990) Proc. Nat . Acad. Sci.
  • the scavenger receptors are thought to play a key role in atherogenesis by mediating uptake of modified LDL in arterial walls, and in host defense by binding bacterial endotoxins, bacteria, and protozoa. Tetraspan family proteins
  • TM4SF transmembrane 4 superfamily
  • TM4SF is a multigene family encoding type III integral membrane proteins (Wright, M.D. and Tomlinson, M.G. (1994) Immunol. Today 15:588-594).
  • TM4SF is comprised of membrane proteins which traverse the cell membrane four times.
  • Members of the TM4SF include platelet and endothelial cell membrane proteins, melanoma-associated antigens, leukocyte surface glycoproteins, colonal carcinoma antigens, tumor- associated antigens, and surface proteins of the schistosome parasites (Jankowski, S.A. (1994) Oncogene 9:1205-1211).
  • TM4SF Tumor antigens are surface molecules that are differentially expressed in tumor cells relative to normal cells. Tumor antigens distinguish tumor cells immunologically from normal cells and provide diagnostic and therapeutic targets for human cancers (Takagi, S. et al. (1995) Int. J. Cancer 61: 706-715; Liu, E. et al.
  • Ion channels are found in the plasma membranes of virtually every cell in the body.
  • chloride channels mediate a variety of cellular functions including regulation of membrane potential and absorption and secretion of ions across epithelial membranes.
  • chloride channels When present in intracellular membranes of the Golgi apparatus and endocytic vesicles, chloride channels also regulate organelle pH (see, e.g., Greger, R. (1988) Annu. Rev. Physiol. 50:111-122).
  • Electrophysiological and pharmacological properties of chloride channels including ion conductance, current-voltage relationships, and sensitivity to modulators, suggest that different chloride channels exist in muscles, neurons, fibroblasts, epithelial cells, and lymphocytes.
  • Many channels have sites for phosphorylation by one or more protein kinases including protein kinase A, protein kinase C, casein ki ase II, and tyrosine kinases, all of which regulate ion channel activity in cells. Inappropriate phosphorylation of membrane proteins has been correlated with pathological changes in cell cycle progression and cell differentiation. Changes in the cell cycle have been linked to induction of apoptosis or cancer. Changes in cell differentiation have been linked to diseases and disorders of the reproductive system, immune system, and skeletal muscle.
  • KCR1 Cerebellar granule neurons possess a non-inactivating potassium current which modulates firing frequency upon receptor stimulation by neurotransmitters and controls the resting membrane potential.
  • Potassium channels that exhibit non-inactivating currents include the ether a go-go (EAG) channel.
  • a membrane protein designated KCR1 specifically binds to rat EAG by means of its C- terminal region and regulates the cerebellar non-inactivating potassium current.
  • KCR1 is predicted to contain 12 transmembrane domains, with intracellular amino and carboxyl termini. Structural characteristics of these transmembrane regions appear to be similar to those of the transporter superfamily, but no homology between KCR1 and known transporters was found, suggesting that KCR1 belongs to a novel class of transporters.
  • KCRl appears to be the regulatory component of non- inactivating potassium channels (Hoshi, N. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:23080-23085).
  • Proton pumps Proton ATPases are a large class of membrane proteins that use the energy of ATP hydrolysis to generate an electrochemical proton gradient across a membrane. The resultant gradient may be used to transport other ions across the membrane (Na + , K + , or Cl " ) or to maintain organelle pH.
  • Proton ATPases are further subdivided into the mitochondrial F- ATPases, the plasma membrane ATPases, and the vacuolar ATPases.
  • vacuolar ATPases establish and maintain an acidic pH within various vesicles involved in the processes of endocytosis and exocytosis (Melhnan, I. et al. (1986) Ann. Rev. Bioche . 55:663-700).
  • Proton-coupled, 12 membrane-spanning domain transporters such as PEPT 1 and PEPT 2 are responsible for gastrointestinal absorption and for renal reabsorption of peptides using an electrochemical H + gradient as the driving force.
  • Another type of peptide transporter, the TAP transporter is a heterodimer consisting of TAP 1 and TAP 2 and is associated with antigen processing. Peptide antigens are transported across the membrane of the endoplasmic reticulumby TAP so they can be expressed on the cell surface in association with MHC molecules.
  • Each TAP protein consists of multiple hydrophobic membrane spanning segments and a highly conserved ATP-binding cassette (Boll, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Pathogenic microorganisms such as herpes simplex virus, may encode inhibitors of TAP-mediated peptide transport in order to evade immune surveillance (Marusina, K. and Manaco, JJ. (1996) Curr. Opin. Hematol. 3:19-26). ABC Transporters
  • ABC transporters also called the "traffic ATPases,” comprise a superfamily of membrane proteins that mediate transport and channel functions in prokaryotes and eukaryotes (Higgins, C.F. (1992) Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 8:67-113). ABC proteins share a similar overall structure and significant sequence homology. All ABC proteins contain a conserved domain of approximately two hundred amino acid residues which includes one or more nucleotide binding domains.
  • ABC transporter genes are associated with various disorders, such as hyperbilirubinemia II/Dubin- Johnson syndrome, recessive Stargardt's disease, X-linked adrenoluekodystrophy, multidrug resistance, celiac disease, and cystic fibrosis.
  • Intercellular communication is essential for the development and survival of multicellular organisms.
  • Cells communicate with one another through the secretion and uptake of protein signaling molecules.
  • the uptake of proteins into the cell is achieved by endocytosis, in which the interaction of signaling molecules with the plasma membrane surface, often via binding to specific receptors, results in the formation of plasma membrane-derived vesicles that enclose and transport the molecules into the cytosol.
  • the secretion of proteins from the cell is achieved by exocytosis, in which molecules inside of the cell are packaged into membrane-bound transport vesicles derived from the trans Golgi network. These vesicles fuse with the plasma membrane and release their contents into the surrounding extracellular space. Endocytosis and exocytosis result in the removal and addition of plasma membrane components, and the recycling of these components is essential to maintain the integrity, identity, and functionality of both the plasma membrane and internal membrane-bound compartments.
  • Synaptobrevins are synaptic vesicle-associated membrane proteins (VAMPs) which were first discovered in rat brain. These proteins were initially thought to be limited to neuronal cells and to function in the movement of vesicles from the plasmalemma of one cell, across the synapse, to the plasmalemma of another cell. Synaptobrevins are now known to occur and function in constitutive vesicle trafficking pathways involving receptor-mediated endocytotic and exocytotic pathways of many non-neuronal cell types. This regulated vesicle trafficking pathway may be blocked by the highly specific action of clostridial neurotoxins which cleave the synaptobrevin molecule.
  • VAMPs synaptic vesicle-associated membrane proteins
  • Endocytotic vesicular transport includes such intracellular events as the fusions and fissions of the nuclear membrane, endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, and various inclusion bodies such as peroxisomes or lysosomes. Endocytotic processes appear to be universal in eukaryotic cells as diverse as yeast, Caenorhabditis elegans, Drosophila, and mammals.
  • NAMP-1B is involved in subcellular targeting and is an isoform of VAMP-IA (Isenmann, S. et al. (1998) Mol. Biol. Cell 9:1649-1660).
  • VAMP-IC to F Four additional splice variants (VAMP-IC to F) have recently been identified. Each variant has variable sequences only at the extreme C-terminus, suggesting that the C-terminus is important in vesicle targeting (Berglund, L. et al. (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 264:777-780).
  • Lysosomes are the site of degradation of intracellular material during autophagy, and of extracellular molecules following endocytosis. Lysosomal enzymes are packaged into vesicles which bud from the trans-G ⁇ lgi network. These vesicles fuse with endosomes to form the mature lysosome in which hydrolytic digestion of endocytosed material occurs. Lysosomes can fuse with autophagosom.es to form a unique compartment in which the degradation of organelles and other intracellular components occurs.
  • Protein sorting by transport vesicles has important consequences for a variety of physiological processes including cell surface growth, the biogenesis of distinct intracellular organelles, endocytosis, and the controlled secretion of hormones and neurotransmitters (Rothman, J.E. and Wieland, F.T. (1996) Science 272:227-234).
  • neurodegenerative disorders and other neuronal pathologies are associated with biochemical flaws during endosomal protein sorting or endosomal biogenesis (Mayer R.J. et al. (1996) Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 389:261-269).
  • Peroxisomes are organelles independent from the secretory pathway. They are the site of many peroxide-generating oxidative reactions in the cell. Peroxisomes are unique among eukaryotic organelles in that their size, number, and enzyme content vary depending upon organism, cell type, and metabolic needs (Waterha , H.R. and Cregg, J.M. (1997) BioEssays 19:57-66).
  • Endoplasmic Reticulum Membrane Proteins The normal functioning of the eukaryotic cell requires that all newly synthesized proteins be correctly folded, modified, and delivered to specific intra- and extracellular sites. Newly synthesized membrane and secretory proteins enter a cellular sorting and distribution network during or immediately after synthesis and are routed to specific locations inside and outside of the cell.
  • the initial compartment in this process is the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) where proteins undergo modifications such as glycosylation, disulfide bond formation, and oligomerization.
  • the modified proteins are then transported through a series of membrane-bound compartments which include the various cisternae of the Golgi complex, where further carbohydrate modifications occur.
  • Transport between compartments occurs by means of vesicle budding and fusion. Once within the secretory pathway, proteins do not have to cross a membrane to reach the cell surface. Although the majority of proteins processed through the ER are transported out of the organelle, some are retained.
  • the signal for retention in the ER in mammalian cells consists of the tetrapeptide sequence, KDEL, located at the carboxyl teiminus of resident ER membrane proteins (Munro, S. (1986) Cell 46:291-300). Proteins containing this sequence leave the ERbut are quickly retrieved from the early Golgi cisternae and returned to the ER, while proteins lacking this signal continue through the secretory pathway.
  • ⁇ -amyloid precursor protein involves the putative vesicle transport protein presenilin and may play a role in early-onset Alzheimer's disease (Levy-Lahad, E. et al. (1995) Science 269:973-977).
  • Mitochondrial Membrane Proteins The mitochondrial electron transport (or respiratory) chain is a series of three enzyme complexes in the mitochondrial membrane that is responsible for the transport of electrons from NADH to oxygen and the coupling of this oxidation to the synthesis of ATP (oxidative phosphorylation). ATP then provides the primary source of energy for driving the many energy-requiring reactions of a cell. Most of the protein components of the mitochondrial respiratory chain are the products of nuclear encoded genes that are imported into the mitochondria, and the remainder are products of mitochondrial genes. Defects and altered expression of enzymes in the respiratory chain are associated with a variety of disease conditions in man, including, for example, neurodegenerative diseases, myopathies, and cancer. Lymphocyte and Leukocyte Membrane Proteins
  • the B-cell response to antigens is an essential component of the normal immune system.
  • Mature B cells recognize foreign antigens through B cell receptors (BCR) which are membrane- bound, specific antibodies that bind foreign antigens.
  • BCR B cell receptors
  • the antigen/receptor complex is internalized, and the antigen is proteolytically processed.
  • the BCR, BCR-associated proteins, and T cell response are all required.
  • Proteolytic fragments of the antigen are complexed with major histocompatability complex-II (MHCII) molecules on the surface of the B cells where the complex can be recognized by T cells.
  • MHCII major histocompatability complex-I
  • T cells recognize and are activated by the MHCI-antigen complex through interactions with the T cell receptor/CD3 complex, a T cell-surface multimeric protein located in the plasma membrane.
  • T cells activated by antigen presentation secrete a variety of lymphokines that induce B cell maturation and T cell proliferation, and activate macrophages, which kill target cells.
  • Leukocytes have a fundamental role in the inflammatory and immune response, and include monocytes/macrophages, mast cells, polymorphonucleoleukocytes, natural killer cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, and myeloid precursors.
  • Leukocyte membrane proteins include members of the CD antigens, N-CAM, I-CAM, human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class I and HLA class II gene products, iinmunoglobulins, immunoglobulin receptors, complement, complement receptors, interferons, interferon receptors, interleukin receptors, and chemokine receptors.
  • Abnormal lymphocyte and leukocyte activity has been associated with acute disorders such as AIDS, immune hypersensitivity, leukemias, leukopenia, systemic lupus, granulomatous disease, and eosinophilia.
  • a variety of ligands, receptors, enzymes, tumor suppressors, viral gene products, pharmacological agents, and inorganic ions have important positive or negative roles in regulating and implementing the apoptotic destruction of a cell. Although some specific components of the apoptotic pathway have been identified and characterized, many interactions between the proteins involved are undefined, leaving major aspects of the pathway unknown.
  • transmembrane proteins and the polynucleotides encoding them, satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, cell proliferative, and auto nmune/inflammatory disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins.
  • the invention features purified polypeptides, transmembrane proteins, referred to collectively as “TMP” and individually as “TMP-1,” “TMP-2,” “TMP-3,” “TMP-4,” “TMP-5,” “TMP-6,” “TMP- 7,” “TMP-8,” “TMP-9,” “TMP-10J “TMP-11,” “TMP-12J “TMP-13,” “TMP-14J “TMP-15J “TMP-16,” and “TMP-17.”
  • the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ- 17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34.
  • the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ 8-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionaUy, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
  • the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -17.
  • the invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an nnmunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
  • the invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv
  • Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO :18-34, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
  • the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for polypeptides of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention, along with apphcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • TMP refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified TMP obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine,, and human, and from, any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • agonist refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of
  • TMP may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TMP either by directly interacting with TMP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TMP participates.
  • allelic variant is an alternative form of the gene encoding TMP. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as TMP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of TMP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding TMP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP.
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent TMP.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophihcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of TMP is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophihcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophihcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence refer to an oligopepti.de, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where “amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • Amplification relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of
  • Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TMP either by directly interacting with TMP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TMP participates.
  • the term "antibody” refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
  • Antibodies that bind TMP polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired.
  • a carrier protein e.g., bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • antigenic determinant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • an antigenic deteirninant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • aptamer refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target.
  • Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial libraries.
  • Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules.
  • the nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2 -OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2 -F or 2'-NH 2 ), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood.
  • Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system.
  • Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross- linker. (See, e.g., Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13.)
  • introduction refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo.
  • a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
  • spiegelmer refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation "negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologically active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule.
  • immunologically active or “immunogenic” refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic TMP, or of any ohgopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • compositions comprising a given polynucleotide sequence and a “composition comprising a given amino acid sequence” refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP or fragments of TMP may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe In hybridizations, the probe maybe deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • salts e.g., NaCl
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS
  • other components e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or geno ic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • Exon shuffling refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of TMP or the polynucleotide encoding TMP which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue.
  • a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ8-34 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO: 18-34, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l 8-34 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish
  • SEQ ID NO: 18-34 from related polynucleotide sequences.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO.J8-34 and the region of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ8-34.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO.J-17 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO.J-17.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 and the region of SEQ ID NOJ-17 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., metliionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length” polypeptide sequence.
  • Homology refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3J2e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153 and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992) CABIOS 8:189-191.
  • BLAST Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool
  • BLAST 2 Sequences can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.rlm.nih.gov/gorf/bl2.html.
  • the "BLAST 2 Sequences” tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below).
  • BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0J2 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62 Reward for match: 1 Penalty for mismatch: -2 Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • the phrases "percent identity” and "% identity,” as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some ahgnment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0J2 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" ste ⁇ (s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ l sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T--) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 /xg/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNA:DNA hybridizations Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or R 0 t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass shdes, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence ⁇ resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • factors e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • an “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or ohgopeptide fragment of TMP which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or ohgopeptide fragment of TMP which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microarray refers to an arrangement of a plurahty of polynucleotides, polypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • array element refers to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of TMP. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of TMP.
  • nucleic acid and nucleic acid sequence refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleoti.de, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded arid may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • operably linked refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an ohgonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The te ⁇ riinal lysine confers solubihty to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • Post-translational modification of an TMP may involve hpidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemicaUy. Biochemical modifications wUl vary by ceU type depending on the enzymatic milieu of TMP.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, ahelic or related nucleic acid sequences.
  • Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, hgands, chemUuminescent agents, and enzymes.
  • Primmers are short nucleic acids, usuaUy DNA oligonucleotides, which maybe annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme.
  • Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typicaUy comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
  • Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (avaUable to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, DaUas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from egabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope.
  • Primer3 primer selection program (avaUable to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) aUows the user to input a "mispr ning library/' in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays.
  • the source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.
  • the PrimeGen program (avaUable to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence ahgnments, thereby aUowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fuUy or partiaUy complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleoti.de selection are not limited to those described above.
  • a "recombinant nucleic acid” is a sequence that is not naturaUy occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence.
  • recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence.
  • Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a ceU.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • a “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usuaUy derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs).
  • Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
  • Reporter molecules are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemUuminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • An "RNA equivalent,” in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that ah occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracU, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyr ⁇ bose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing TMP, nucleic acids encoding TMP, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodUy fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organeUe, or membrane isolated from a ceU; a ceU; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • binding and “specificaUy binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a s aU molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A,” the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantiallyUy purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturaUy associated.
  • substitution refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, shdes, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capiUaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as weUs, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • a “transcript image” or “expression profile” refers to the coUective pattern of gene expression by a particular ceU type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient ceU. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods weU known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host ceU. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host ceU being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, hpofection, and particle bombardment.
  • transformed ceUs includes stably transformed ceHs in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as weU as transiently transformed ceUs which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • a "transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of dehberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
  • a "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic” (as defined above), "splice/' "species,” or “polymorphic” variant.
  • a splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during rnRNA processing.
  • the corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another.
  • the resulting polypeptides wiU generaUy have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • a "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • TMP transmembrane proteins
  • polynucleotides encoding TMP the polynucleotides encoding TMP
  • these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, ceU proliferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the fuU length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown.
  • Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown.
  • Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog.
  • Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s).
  • Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, aU of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide.
  • Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison WI).
  • Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs.
  • Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
  • SEQ ID NO:2 is 89% identical to rat prostaglandin F2a receptor regulatory protein (GenBank ID gl054884) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 0.0, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:2 also contains six h-nmunoglubulin domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) In addition, SEQ ID NO:2 contains a signal peptide, a transmembrane domain, and an RGD motif, providing further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:2 is a human transmembrane protein.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:4 is 56% identical to human connexin 31J (GenBank ID g4336903) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 5.8e-68, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:4 also contains a connexin domain as dete ⁇ nined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) Data fromBLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:4 is a connexin.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • connexins compose a connexon (gap junction), a transmembrane channel in the plasma membrane which functions chemicaUy and electricaUy to couple the cytoplasms of neighboring ceUs in many tissues.
  • SEQ ID NO:5 is 1554 amino acids in length and is 99% identical over 1157 amino acids to human MEGF7 (GenBank ID g3449306) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.)
  • the BLAST probabUity score is 0.0, which indicates the probabUity of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO:5 also contains low-density lipoprotein receptor repeats and low-density lipoprotein receptor domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:5 is a member of the LDL receptor famUy of proteins.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:6 is 36% identical to mouse low density lipoprotein receptor related protein LRPIB/LRP-DIT (GenBank ID g8926243) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 1.5e-40, which indicates the probabUity of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:6 also contains low-density lipoprotein receptor domains as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:6 is a low-density lipoprotein receptor-related molecule. Further, SEQ ID NO:6 is 36% identical to mouse low density lipoprotein receptor related protein LRPIB/LRP-DIT (GenBank ID g8926243) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BL
  • SEQ ID NO:14 is 59% identical to human TNF-induc ⁇ ble protein CG12-1 (GenBank ID g3978246) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabUity score is 1 Je-94, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. Data from HMMER analysis provides further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:14 contains a transmembrane domain. SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:7- 13, and SEQ ID NOJ5-17 were analyzed and annotated in a simUar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NOJ-17 are described in Table 7.
  • the full length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences.
  • Columns 1 and 2 list the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) for each polynucleotide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence inbasepairs.
  • Column 4 lists fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ ID NO.J8-34 or that distinguish between SEQ ID NO.J8-34 and related polynucleotide sequences.
  • Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the full length polynucleotide sequences of the invention.
  • Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective full length sequences.
  • the identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specificaUy, for example, to
  • Incyte cDNAs along with their corresponding cDNA libraries.
  • 6798827J1 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence
  • COLENOR03 is the cDNA hbrary from which it is derived.
  • Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries (e.g., 71760758V1).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., gl506355) which contributed to the assembly of the fuU length polynucleotide sequences.
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The S anger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM” or “NT”) or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i. e. , those sequences including the designation "NP”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm.
  • FL JXXXXXXX_N J _N 2 _YYYY_N 3 _N 4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N 12 ⁇ 3 . , ., if present, represent specific exons that may have been manuaUy edited during analysis (See Example V).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm
  • FLXXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is the identification number of a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, g ⁇ BBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V).
  • a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "NM,” “NP,” or “NT”) maybe used in place of the GenBank identifier (i. e. , gBBBBB).
  • GenBank identifier i. e. , gBBBBB.
  • a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods.
  • the foUowing Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and corresponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
  • Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences.
  • the representative cDNA hbrary is the Incyte cDNA hbrary which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences.
  • the tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • the invention also encompasses TMP variants.
  • a preferred TMP variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the TMP amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
  • the invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode TMP.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, which encodes TMP.
  • the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracU, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP.
  • such a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
  • a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a sphce variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP.
  • a sphce variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • a sphce variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP over its entire length; however, portions of the sphce variant wiU have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions of the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. Any one of the sphce variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode TMP and its variants are generaUy capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturaUy occurring TMP under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding TMP or its derivatives possessing a substantiaUy different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturaUy occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturaUy occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode TMP and TMP derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many avaUable expression vectors and ceU systems using reagents weU known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding TMP or any fragment thereof.
  • polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NOJ8-34 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency.
  • Hybridization conditions including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are weU known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (HamUton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Apphed Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Apphed Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, WUey VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP maybe extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed,
  • 0 restriction-site PCR uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322.)
  • inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences.
  • a third method, capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences inhuman and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. (See, e.g., Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic.
  • primers may be designed using commerciaUy avaUable software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • commerciaUy avaUable software such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • hbraries When screening for full length cDNAs, it is preferable to use hbraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed hbraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an ohgo d(T) hbrary does not yield a fuU-length cDNA. Genomic hbraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display maybe computer controUed.
  • CapiUary electrophoresis is especiaUy preferable for sequencing smaU DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode TMP may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of TMP, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host ceUs. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantiaUy the same or a functionaUy equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express TMP.
  • nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generaUy known in the art in order to alter TMP-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic ohgonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oligonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce sphce variants, and so forth.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen, Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of TMP, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its abUity to bind to other molecules or compounds.
  • MOLECULARBREEDING Maxygen, Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • sequences encoding TMP may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods weU known in the art.
  • chemical methods See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Sy p. Ser. 7:225-232.
  • TMP itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or sohd-phase techniques.
  • Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Apphed Biosystems).
  • AdditionaUy the amino acid sequence of TMP, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturaUy occurring polypeptide.
  • the peptide may be substantiaUy purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.)
  • the composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TMP or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5 ' and 3 ' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP.
  • Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding TMP. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence.
  • Methods which are weU known to those sk led in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding TMP and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. (See, e.g., Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY, ch. 4, 8, and 16-17; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1995) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John WUey & Sons, New York NY, ch. 9, 13, and 16.)
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding TMP. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauhflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal ceU systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors e.g., insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus)
  • plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors e
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or ceU population.
  • a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La JoUa CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding TMP into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, aUowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria contaming recombinant molecules.
  • these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence.
  • vectors which direct high level expression of TMP may be used.
  • vectors containing the strong, induc ⁇ ble SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of TMP.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris.
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intraceUular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation.
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of TMP. Transcription of sequences encoding TMP may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence fromTMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:17-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the smaU subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl.
  • viral promoters e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence fromTMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:1311).
  • plant promoters such
  • CeU Differ. 17:85-105. These constructs can be introduced into plant ceUs by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. (See, e.g., The McGraw HiU Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw HiU, New York NY, pp. 191-196.)
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • sequences encoding TMP may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses TMP in host ceUs.
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RS V) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host ceUs.
  • RS V Rous sarcoma virus
  • S V40 or EB V- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs may also be employed to dehver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and dehvered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes.
  • liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles for therapeutic purposes.
  • sequences encoding TMP can be transformed into ceU lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. FoUowing the introduction of the vector, ceUs may be aUowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence aUows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed ceUs may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the ceU type.
  • any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed ceU lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tkL and apr ceUs, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) CeU 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) CeU 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabohte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418
  • als and p t confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively.
  • Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter ceUular requirements for metabohtes.
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding TMP is inserted witbin a marker gene sequence
  • transformed ceUs containing sequences encoding TMP can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding TMP under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usuaUy indicates expression of the tandem gene as weU.
  • host ceUs that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding TMP and that express TMP may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RN A hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences.
  • Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of TMP using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated ceU sorting (FACS).
  • ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIAs radioimmunoassays
  • FACS fluorescence activated ceU sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on TMP is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
  • These and other assays are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual. APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect.
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding TMP include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amphfication using a labeled nucleotide.
  • the sequences encoding TMP, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides.
  • T7, T3, or SP6 an appropriate RNA polymerase
  • Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemUuminescent, or chromogenic agents, as weU as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from ceU culture.
  • the protein produced by a transformed ceU may be secreted or retained intraceUularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode TMP may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of TMP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic ceU membrane.
  • a host ceU strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, hpidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro” or “pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • Different host ceUs which have specific ceUular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are avaUable from the American Type Culture CoUection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture CoUection
  • natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP may be hgated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric TMP protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially avaUable antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide hbraries for inhibitors of TMP activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy avaUable affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), cahnodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, cahnodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the TMP encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that TMP may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety foUowing purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commerciaUy avaUable kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • synthesis of radiolabeled TMP may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35 S-methionine.
  • TMP of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to TMP.
  • At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to TMP.
  • test compounds include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or small molecules.
  • the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural hgand of TMP, e.g., a hgand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner. (See, e.g., Cohgan, J.E. et al.
  • the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which TMP binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the ligand binding site. In either case, the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. In one embodiment, screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate ceUs which express TMP, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane. Preferred cells include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila. or E. coli. Cells expressing TMP or cell membrane fractions which contain TMP are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either TMP or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label.
  • the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with TMP, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of TMP to the compound.
  • the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor.
  • the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
  • TMP of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of TMP.
  • Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists.
  • an assay is performed under conditions permissive for TMP activity, wherein TMP is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of TMP in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of TMP in the absence of the test compound.
  • a change in the activity of TMP in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of TMP.
  • a test compound is combined with an in vitro or ceU-free system comprising TMP under conditions suitable for TMP activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of TMP may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
  • polynucleotides encoding TMP or their mammahan homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) ceUs.
  • ES embryonic stem
  • Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337.)
  • mouse ES ceUs such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture.
  • the ES ceUs are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244: 1288-1292).
  • the vector integrates into the corresponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination.
  • homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330).
  • Transformed ES ceUs are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain.
  • the blastocysts are surgicaUy transferred to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains.
  • Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding TMP may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts.
  • Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate ceU lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
  • Polynucleotides encoding TMP can also be used to create "knockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease.
  • knockin technology a region of a polynucleotide encoding TMP is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome.
  • Transformed ceUs are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above.
  • Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease.
  • a mammal inbred to overexpress TMP may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • THERAPEUTICS Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of TMP and transmembrane proteins.
  • the expression of TMP is closely associated with brain, prostate, smooth muscle, cardiovascular, pituitary, gastrointestinal, lung, pancreatic, and small intestine tissues.
  • TMP appears to play a role in reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, hpid metabolism, ceU proliferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders.
  • TMP appears to play a role in reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, hpid metabolism, ceU proliferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders.
  • TMP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a reproductive disorder such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an end ⁇ metrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, ectopic pregnancy, teratogenesis, cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, galactorrhea, a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, gynecomastia
  • a reproductive disorder
  • a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyra idal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radicuhtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, and
  • Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheihker syndrome fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranucle
  • a vector capable of expressing TMP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • composition comprising a substantiaUy purified TMP in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those hsted above.
  • an antagonist of TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TMP.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, those reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, ceU prohferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders described above.
  • an antibody which specificaUy binds TMP may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express TMP.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • An antagonist of TMP may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art.
  • purified TMP may be used to produce antibodies or to screen hbraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind TMP.
  • Antibodies to TMP may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeiic, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression hbrary.
  • Neutralizing antibodies i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with TMP or with any fragment or ohgopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oU emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilh Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable.
  • the ohgopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to TMP have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generaUy wUl consist of at least about 10 a ino acids. It is also preferable that these ohgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of TMP amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to TMP may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J.
  • chimeric antibodies such as the sphcing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used.
  • techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies” such as the sphcing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used.
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin hbraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter,
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for TMP may also be generated.
  • such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab') 2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments.
  • Fab expressionlibrari.es may be constructed to aUow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al.
  • immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or j amunoradiornetric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are weU known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between TMP and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering TMP epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioi-mmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for TMP.
  • K a is defined as the molar concentration of TMP-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions.
  • the K a determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular TMP epitope, represents a true measure of affinity.
  • High-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the TMP-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quahty and suitabUity of such preparations for certain downstream apphcations.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of TMP-antibody complexes.
  • Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quahty and usage in various apphcations, are generaUy avaUable. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Cohgan et al. supra.)
  • the polynucleotides encoding TMP may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified ohgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding TMP.
  • complementary sequences or antisense molecules DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified ohgonucleotides
  • antisense ohgonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding TMP. (See, e.g., Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ.)
  • Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein.
  • Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors.
  • polynucleotides encoding TMP may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be performed to (i) correct a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)-X1 disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined i munodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al.
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
  • ADA adenosine deaminase
  • hepatitis B or C virus HBV, HCV
  • fungal parasites such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasihensis
  • protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma crazi.
  • diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in TMP are treated by constructing mammahan expression vectors encoding TMP and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into TMP-deficient ceUs.
  • Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual ceUs, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (hi) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) CeU 91.501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H.
  • Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of TMP include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La JoUa CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA).
  • TMP maybe expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes), (ii) aninducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.N. and H.M. Blau (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol.
  • a constitutively active promoter e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes
  • FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.N. and H.M. Blau, supra-)), or (iii) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding TMP from a normal individual.
  • CommerciaUy avaUable hposome transformation kits e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, avaUable from Invitrogen
  • aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to dehver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters.
  • transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and AJ. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1 :841-845).
  • the introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammahan transfection protocols.
  • diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to TMP expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding TMP under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cw-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation.
  • Retrovirus vectors e.g., PFB and PFBNEO
  • Retrovirus vectors are commerciaUy avaUable (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and AD. Miller (1988) j. Virol. 62:3802-3806; DuU, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al.
  • VSVg vector producing ceU line
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4 + T-ceUs), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures well known to persons skUled in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al.
  • an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to dehver polynucleotides encoding TMP to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of TMP.
  • the construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skUl in the art.
  • Rephcation defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatUe for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No.
  • Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy hereby incorporated by reference.
  • adenoviral vectors see also Antinozzi, P. A. et al. (1999) Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544 and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 18:389:239-242, both incorporated by reference herein.
  • a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to dehver polynucleotides encoding TMP to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of TMP.
  • herpes simplex virus (HS V)-based vectors may be especiaUy valuable for introducing TMP to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism.
  • the construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skUl in the art.
  • a rephcation-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395).
  • the construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detaU in U.S. Patent No.
  • an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding TMP to target ceUs.
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • alphavirus RNA rephcation a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins.
  • This subgeno ic RNA replicates to higher levels than the fuU length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase).
  • enzymatic activity e.g., protease and polymerase.
  • WhUe alphavirus infection is typicaUy associated with ceU lysis within a few days, the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney ceUs (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic rephcation of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S . A. et al.
  • Ohgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. SimUarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple hehx base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double hehx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.L Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Pubhsbing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp.
  • a complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of
  • RNA The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specificaUy and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding TMP.
  • Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initiatty identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC.
  • RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleoti.de inoperable.
  • the suitabUity of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary ohgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • RNA molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemicaUy synthesizing ohgonucleotides such as sohd phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding TMP. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6.
  • these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU lines, ceUs, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stability and half-hfe. Possible modifications include, but are not hmited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding TMP.
  • Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense ohgonucleotides, triple hehx-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression.
  • a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TMP expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be therapeutically useful.
  • At least one, and up to a plurahty, of test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide.
  • a test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturaUy-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly.
  • a sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding TMP is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained.
  • the sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell, or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system.
  • Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding TMP are assayed by any method commonly known in the art.
  • the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding TMP.
  • the amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds.
  • a screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
  • a particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of ohgonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
  • ohgonucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides
  • vectors into ceUs or tissues are avaUable and equaUy suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo.
  • vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Dehvery by transfection, by hposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above may be apphed to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generaUy comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient.
  • Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins.
  • Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Pubhshing, Easton PA).
  • Such compositions may consist of TMP, antibodies to TMP, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TMP.
  • compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in hquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosohzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of smaU molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol dehvery of fast-acting formulations is weU-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g.
  • Pulmonary dehvery has the advantage of administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentiaUy toxic penetration enhancers.
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose.
  • the determination of an effective dose is weU within the capability of those skiUed in the art.
  • compositions may be prepared for direct intraceUular delivery of macromolecules comprising TMP or fragments thereof.
  • hposome preparations containing a ceU-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular dehvery of the macromolecule.
  • TMP or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N-terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to dete ⁇ nine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • a therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example TMP or fragments thereof, antibodies of TMP, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of TMP, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED 50 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • the exact dosage wiU be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drag combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-hfe and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of dehvery is provided in the literature and generaUy avaUable to practitioners in the art. Those skiUed in the art wiU employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. SimUarly, dehvery of polynucleotides or polypeptides wiU be specific to particular ceUs, conditions, locations, etc.
  • antibodies which specificaUy bind TMP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of TMP, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with TMP or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TMP.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for TMP include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect TMP in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • TMP tumor necrosis factor
  • ELISAs ELISAs
  • RIAs RIAs
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • normal or standard values for TMP expression are established by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammahan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to TMP under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of TMP expressed in subject, control, and disease samples frombiopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabhshes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • the polynucleotides encoding TMP may be used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include ohgonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of TMP may be correlated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of TMP, and to monitor regulation of TMP levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding TMP or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode TMP.
  • the specificity of the probe whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification wUl determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding TMP, aUehc variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the TMP encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention maybe DNA or RNA and maybe derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the TMP gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding TMP include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP or TMP derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • Such vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy avaUable, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuchdes such as 32 P or 35 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of TMP.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a reproductive disorder such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endometrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, ectopic pregnancy, teratogenesis, cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, galactorrhea, a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, gynecomastia, hypergonadotropic and hypogonadotropic
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered TMP expression.
  • Such quahtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding TMP in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is estabhshed. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding TMP, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabhsh the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earher thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding TMP may involve the use of PCR. These ohgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro.
  • Ohgomers wUl preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding TMP, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding TMP, and wiU be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition.
  • Ohgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • ohgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs).
  • SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans.
  • Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods.
  • SSCP single-stranded conformation polymorphism
  • fSSCP fluorescent SSCP
  • ohgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • the DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodUy fluids, and the like.
  • SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary stractures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non- denaturing gels.
  • the ohgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which aUows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines.
  • sequence database analysis methods termed in silico SNP (isSNP) are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence.
  • SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASS ARRAY system (Sequenom, San Diego CA).
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of TMP include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamphfication of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves.
  • radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides See, e.g., Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem 212:229-236.
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples maybe accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the ohgomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dUutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • ohgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as elements on a microarray.
  • the microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below.
  • the microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease.
  • this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient.
  • therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects maybe selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • TMP, fragments of TMP, or antibodies specific for TMP may be used as elements on a microarray.
  • the microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • a particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type.
  • a transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or ceU type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al, "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.)
  • a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurahty of elements on a microarray.
  • the resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples.
  • the transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU line.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds.
  • AU compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound.
  • Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels corresponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified.
  • the transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • proteome expression patterns, or profiles are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time.
  • a profile of a ceU's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra).
  • the proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or sUver or fluorescent stains.
  • the optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample.
  • the optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment.
  • the proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry.
  • the identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • a proteo ic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for TMP to quantify the levels of TMP expression.
  • the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino- reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level.
  • There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile.
  • the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more rehable and informative in such cases.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound.
  • Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified.
  • the amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the corresponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified.
  • the amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art. (See, e.g.,
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence.
  • Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping.
  • sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA hbraries.
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • PI constructions or single chromosome cDNA hbraries.
  • nucleic acid sequences of the invention may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP).
  • RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization may be correlated with other physical and genetic map data.
  • FISH Fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding TMP on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using established chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps.
  • any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • TMP its catalytic or knmunogenic fragments, or ohgopeptides thereof can be used for screening hbraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between TMP and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drag screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest.
  • This method large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with TMP, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound TMP is then detected by methods weU known in the art. Purified TMP can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode TMP may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA hbraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, whUe others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA hbraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA hbraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or simUar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5J-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic ohgonucleotide adapters were hgated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were hgated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g.,
  • PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2J plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMVJCIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof.
  • Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coh ceUs including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5 ⁇ , DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies.
  • Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host ceUs by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN.
  • Plasmids were resuspended in 0J ml of distUled water and stored, with or without lyophUization, at 4°C
  • plasmid DNA was amplified fromhost ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host ceU lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture.
  • Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Applied Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the
  • cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Apphed Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Apphed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7J). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VIII.
  • the polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vahdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic progranming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubhc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammahan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein famUy databases such as PFAM.
  • pubhc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammahan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM
  • PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus nor
  • HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene families. See, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.)
  • the queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences.
  • GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to fuU length.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may begin at any of the methionine residues of the full length translated polypeptide.
  • FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein famUy databases such as PFAM. FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software Engineering, South San Francisco CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence ahgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence ahgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between ahgned sequences.
  • Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where apphcable, the scores, probabUity values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabUity value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode transmembrane proteins, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for transmembrane proteins.
  • transmembrane proteins were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as transmembrane proteins. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubhc databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubhc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or public cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example III. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences. V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data "Stitched" Sequences
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible sphce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a fuU length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity.
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to fatt length with an algorithmbased on BLAST analysis.
  • the nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV.
  • a chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog.
  • HSPs high-scoring segment pairs
  • GenBank protein homolog The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the public human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to detem ⁇ ie whether it contained a complete gene.
  • sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO: 18-34 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ID NO: 18-34 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubhc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
  • pubhc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans is measured relative to the te ⁇ uinus of the chromosome's p- arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • SEQ ID NO:22 was mapped to chromosome 11 within the interval from 59.50 to 62.50 cent-Morgans and SEQ ID NO:26 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 179.2 to 186.4 centiMorgans.
  • VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.)
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of simUarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match.
  • the product score is a normalized value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multiphed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences).
  • the BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pah with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score.
  • the product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quahty in a BLAST ahgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example III).
  • Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA hbrary constructed from a human tissue.
  • Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic stractures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaha, female; genitaha, male; germceUs; hemic and immune system; liver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of hbraries across aU categories.
  • each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of hbraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of hbraries across aU categories.
  • the resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding TMP.
  • cDNA sequences and cDNA library/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA).
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using ohgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment.
  • One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment.
  • the initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68°C to about 72°C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin stractures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
  • Selected human cDNA hbraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA.
  • a 5 ⁇ l to 10 ⁇ l aliquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • CviJI cholera virus endonuclease Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI
  • sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were religated using T4 hgase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fUl-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coh ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb liquid media.
  • the ceUs were lysed, and DNA was amplified by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step 1 : 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 72°C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C. DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reamphfied using the same conditions as described above.
  • fuU length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oligonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic hbrary.
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NOJ8-34 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of ohgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments.
  • Ohgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each ohgomer, 250 Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA).
  • the labeled ohgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextranbead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An ahquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
  • the DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, O.l x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. X. Microarrays
  • the linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photohthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., BaldeschweUer, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof.
  • the substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and sohd with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra).
  • Suggested substrates include silicon, silica, glass shdes, glass chips, and silicon wafers.
  • a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical array may be produced using avaUable methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skUl in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements.
  • FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or ohgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray.
  • Fragments or ohgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • the array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample.
  • the polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection.
  • a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element.
  • laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization.
  • the degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed.
  • microarray preparation and usage is described in detaU below.
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A) + RNA is purified using the oligo-(dT) cellulose method.
  • Each poly(A) + RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLN reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/ ⁇ l oligo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/ ⁇ l R ⁇ ase inhibitor, 500 ⁇ M dATP, 500 ⁇ M dGTP, 500 ⁇ M dTTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A) + R ⁇ A with GEMB RIGHT kits (Incyte).
  • Specific control poly(A) + R ⁇ As are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic D ⁇ A. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labehng) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the R ⁇ A.
  • Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements.
  • Each array element is amplified frombacterial cells containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts.
  • PCR amplification uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert.
  • Array elements are amplified in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 ⁇ g. Amplified array elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • Purified array elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass slides.
  • Glass microscope shdes (Coining) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0J % SDS and acetone, with extensive distilled water washes between and after treatments.
  • Glass slides are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distilled water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol.
  • Coated shdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
  • Array elements are apphed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S.
  • Patent No. 5,807,522 incorporated herein by reference.
  • 1 ⁇ l of the array element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ l, is loaded into the open capUlary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus.
  • the apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of array element sample per shde.
  • Microarrays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distilled water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix,, Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C followed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distilled water as before. Hybridization Hybridization reactions contain 9 ⁇ l of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 ⁇ g each of Cy3 and
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5.
  • the excitation laser light is focused on the array using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Melville NY).
  • the slide containing the array is placed on a computer-controlled X-Y stage on the microscope and raster-scanned past the objective.
  • the 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm array used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
  • a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted light is split, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) corresponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals.
  • the emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5.
  • Each array is typically scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate fUters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
  • the sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy cahbrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration.
  • a specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1 : 100,000.
  • the cahbration is done by labeling samples of the calibrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • the output of the photomultiplier tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Norwood MA) installed in an IBM-compatible PC computer.
  • A/D analog-to-digital
  • the digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal).
  • the data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore' s emission spectrum.
  • a grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid.
  • the fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal.
  • the software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
  • Sequences complementary to the TMP-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring TMP.
  • ohgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pahs
  • essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments.
  • Appropriate ohgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of TMP.
  • a complementary ohgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence.
  • a complementary ohgonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the TMP-encoding transcript.
  • TMP expression and purification of TMP is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • promoters include, but are not hmited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TMP upon induction with isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
  • TMP in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammahan ceU lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus.
  • AcMNPV Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding TMP by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases.
  • TMP is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S- transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude ceU lysates.
  • GST glutathione S- transferase
  • FLAG or 6-His a peptide epitope tag
  • GST a 26-kUodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum.
  • the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from TMP at specificaUy engineered sites.
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide
  • 6- His a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified TMP obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI and XVII where apphcable. XIII. Functional Assays
  • TMP function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TMP at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammahan cell culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammahan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3J (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), both of which contain the cytomegaloviras promoter. 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endofhehal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either hposome formulations or electroporation.
  • 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected.
  • Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected ceUs and is a rehable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector.
  • Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP;
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • TMP The influence of TMP on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding TMP and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG).
  • Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontiansfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY).
  • mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods weU known by those of skiU in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding TMP and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
  • PAGE polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
  • the TMP amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding ohgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art.
  • LASERGENE software DNASTAR
  • Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophUic regions are weU described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
  • ohgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Apphed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma-
  • Media containing TMP are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of TMP (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent).
  • the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/TMP binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or fhiocyanate ion), and TMP is coUected.
  • TMP TMP, or biologicaUy active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent.
  • Bolton-Hunter reagent See, e.g., Bolton, A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem J. 133:529-539.
  • Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the weUs of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled TMP, washed, and any wells with labeled TMP complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of TMP are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of TMP with the candidate molecules.
  • molecules interacting with TMP are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246, or using commercially avaUable kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
  • TMP may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large hbraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
  • Gap junction activity of TMP is demonstrated as the ability to induce the formation of intercellular channels between paired Xenopus laevis oocytes injected with TMP cRNA (Hennemann, supra).
  • TMP cRNA oocytes are injected with antisense ohgonucleotide to TMP to reduce background.
  • TMP cRNA-injected oocytes are incubated overnight, stripped of viteUine membranes, and paired for recording of junctional currents by dual ceU voltage clamp. The measured conductances are proportional to gap junction activity of TMP.
  • an assay for TMP activity measures the ion channel activity of TMP using an electrophysiological assay for ion conductance.
  • TMP can be expressed by tiansforming a mammalian cell hne such as COS7, HeLa or CHO with a eukaryotic expression vector encoding TMP. Eukaryotic expression vectors are commerciaUy avaUable, and the techniques to introduce them into ceUs are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • a second plasmid which expresses any one of a number of marker genes, such as ⁇ -galactosidase, is co-transformed into the ceUs to allow rapid identification of those cells which have taken up and expressed the foreign DNA. The cells are incubated for 48-72 hours after transformation under conditions appropriate for the cell line to allow expression and accumulation of TMP and ⁇ -galactosidase.
  • Transformed ceUs expressing ⁇ -galactosidase are stained blue when a suitable colorimetric substrate is added to the culture media under conditions that are weU known in the art. Stained ceUs are tested for differences in membrane conductance by electrophysiological techniques that are well known in the art. Untransformed cells, and/or ceUs transformed with either vector sequences alone or ⁇ -galactosidase sequences alone, are used as controls and tested in paraUel. Cells expressing TMP will have higher anion or cation conductance relative to control cells. The contribution of TMP to conductance can be confirmed by incubating the ceUs using antibodies specific for TMP. The antibodies wUl bind to the extracellular side of TMP, thereby blocking the pore in the ion channel, and the associated conductance. Transmembrane Protein Activity of TMP
  • An assay for TMP activity measures the expression of TMP on the ceU surface.
  • cDNA encoding TMP is transfected into an appropriate mammahan cell line.
  • CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin as described (de la Fuente, M. A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405).
  • Immunoprecipitations are performed using TMP-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using SDS-PAGE and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of TMP expressed on the ceU surface.
  • An alternative assay for TMP activity is based on a prototypical assay for hgand/receptor- mediated modulation of ceU proliferation. This assay measures the amount of newly synthesized DNA in Swiss mouse 3T3 ceUs expressing TMP.
  • An appropriate mammahan expression vector containing cDNA encoding TMP is added to quiescent 3T3 cultured ceUs using transfection methods weU known in the art. The transfected ceUs are incubated in the presence of [ 3 H]thymidine and varying amounts of TMP ligand.
  • Incorporation of [ 3 H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA is measured over an appropriate time interval using a tritium radioisotope counter, and the amount incorporated is directly proportional to the amount of newly synthesized DNA.
  • a linear dose-response curve over at least a hundred-fold TMP hgand concentration range is indicative of receptor activity.
  • One unit of activity per milhliter is defined as the concentration of TMP producing a 50% response level, where 100% represents maximal incorporation of [ 3 H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA (McKay, I. and Leigh, I., eds. (1993) Growth Factors: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, NY, p. 73).
  • ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA. masks ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences.
  • ABWARACELFDF A Fast Data Finder useful in comparing and Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Mismatch ⁇ 50% annotating amino acid or nucleic acid sequences. Paracel Inc., Pasadena, CA.
  • ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences. Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
  • fastx score 100 or greater
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • Phred A base-calling algorithm that examines automated Ewing, B. et al. (1998) Genome Res. sequencer traces with high sensitivity and probability. 8: 175-185; Ewing, B. and P. Green (1998) Genome Res. 8: 186-194.
  • TMHMMER A program that uses a hidden Markov model (HMM) to Sonnhammer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl. delineate transmembrane segments on protein sequences Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol., and determine orientation. Glasgow et al., eds., The A Assoc. for Artificial Intelligence Press, Menlo Park, CA, pp. 175-182.
  • HMM hidden Markov model

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides human transmembrane proteins (TMP) and polynucleotides which identify and encode TMP. The invention also provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with aberrant expression of TMP.

Description

TRANSMEMBRANE PROTEINS
TECHNICAL FIELD
This invention relates to nucleic acid and a ino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, cell proliferative, and autoin-αiiune/jMammatory disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Eukaryotic organisms are distinct from prokaryotes in possessing many intracellular membrane-bound compartments such, as organelles and vesicles. Many of the metabolic reactions whicli distinguish eukaryotic biochemistry fromprokaryotic biochemistry take place within these compartments. In particular, many cellular functions require very stringent reaction conditions, and the organelles and vesicles enable compartmentalization and isolation of reactions which might otherwise disrupt cytosolic metabolic processes. The organelles include mitochondria, smooth and rough endoplas ic reticula, sarcoplasmic reticulum, and the Golgi body. The vesicles include phagosomes, lysosomes, endosomes, peroxisomes, and secretory vesicles. Organelles and vesicles are bounded by single or double membranes.
Biological membranes surround organelles, vesicles, and the cell itself. Membranes are highly selective permeability barriers made up of lipid bilayer sheets composed of phosphoglycerides, fatty acids, cholesterol, phospholipids, glycolipids, proteoglycans, and proteins. Membranes contain ion pumps, ion channels, and specific receptors for external stimuli which transmit biochemical signals across the membranes. These membranes also contain second messenger proteins which interact with these pumps, channels, and receptors to amplify and regulate transmission of these signals. Plasma Membrane Proteins
Transmembrane proteins (TMP) are characterized by extracellular, transmembrane, and intracellular domains. TMP domains are typically comprised of 15 to 25 hydrophobic amino acids which are predicted to adopt an α-helical conformation. TMP are classified as bitopic (Types I and II) proteins, which span the membrane once, and polytopic (Types III and IV) (Singer, SJ. (1990) Aimu. Rev. Cell Biol. 6:247-96) proteins, which contain multiple membrane-spanning segments. TMP that act as cell-surface receptor proteins involved in signal transduction include growth and differentiation factor receptors, and receptor-interacting proteins such as Drosophila pecanex and frizzled proteins, LIV-1 protein, NF2 protein, and GNS1/SUR4 eukaryotic integral membrane proteins. TMP also act as transporters of ions or metabolites, such as gap junction channels (connexins) and ion channels, and as cell anchoring proteins, such as lectins, integrins, and fibronectins. TMP function as vesicle and organelle-formiαg molecules, such as caveolins; or cell recognition molecules, such as cluster of differentiation (CD) antigens, glycoproteins, and mucins. The transport of hydrophilic molecules across membranes is facilitated by the presence of channel proteins which form aqueous pores which can perforate a lipid bilayer. Many channels consist of protein complexes formed by the assembly of multiple subunits, at least one of which is an integral membrane protein that contributes to formation of the pore. In some cases, the pore is constructed to allow selective passage of only one or a few molecular species. Distinct types of membrane channels that differ greatly in their distribution and selectivity include: (1) aquaporins, which transport water; (2) protein-conducting channels, which transport proteins across the endoplasmic reticulum membrane; (3) gap junctions, which facilitate diffusion of ions and small organic molecules between neighboring cells; and (4) ion channels, which regulate ion flux through various membranes. Gap junctions (also called connexons) are specialized regions of the plasma membrane comprising transmembrane channels that function chemically and electrically to couple the cytoplasms of neighboring cells in many tissues. Gap junctions function as electrical synapses for intercellular propagation of action potentials in excitable tissues. In nonexcitable tissues, gap junctions have roles in tissue homeostasis, coordinated physiological response, metabolic cooperation, growth control, and the regulation of development and differentiation.
Each connexon, which spans the lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane, is composed of six identical subunits called connexins. At least fourteen distinct connexin proteins exist, with each having similar structures but differing tissue distributions. Structurally, the connexins consist of a short cytoplasmic N-terminal domain connected to four transmembrane spanning regions (Ml, M2, M3 and M4) which separate two extracellular and one cytoplasmic loop followed by a C-tenminal, cytoplasmic domain of variable length (20 resides in Cx26 to 260 residues in Cx56). The M2-M3 loop and the N- and C-termini are oriented towards the cell cytoplasm. Conserved regions include the membrane spanning regions and the two extracellular loops. Within the extracellular loops are three conserved cysteines which are involved in disulfide bond formation. Signature patterns for these two loops are either: C-[DN]-T-x-Q-P-G-C-x-(2)-V-C-Y-D or C-x(3,4)-P-C-x(3)-[LIVM]-[DEN]-C-[FY]-tLIVM]- [SAHKR--P (PDOC00341, Profilescan and S. Rahman and W.H. Evans, (1991) J. Cell Sci. 100:567- 578). The variable regions, which include the cytoplasmic loop and the C-temiinal region, may be responsible for the regulation of different connexins. (See Hennemann, H. et al. (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267:17225-17233; PRINTS PR00206 connexin signature; Yeager, M. et al., (1998) Curr. O. Structr. Biol. 8:517-524.) Gap junctions help to synchronize heart and smooth muscle contraction, speed neural transmission, and propagate extracellular signals. Gap junctions can open and close in response to particular stimuli (e.g., pH, Ca+2, and cAMP). The effective pore size of a gap junction is approximately 1.5 nm, which enables small molecules (e.g., those under 1000 daltons) to diffuse freely through the pore. Transported molecules include ions, small metabohtes, and second messengers (e.g., Ca+2 and cAMP).
Connexins have many disease associations. Female mice lacking connexin 37 (Cx37) are infertile due to the absence of the oocyte-granulosa cell signaling pathway. Mice lacking Cx43 die shortly after birth and show cardiac defects reminiscent of some forms of stenosis of the pulmonary artery in humans. Mutations in Cx32 are associated with the X-linked form of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, a motor and sensory neuropathy of the peripheral nervous system. Cx26 is expressed in the placenta, and Cx26-deficient mice show decreased transplacental transport of a glucose analog from the maternal to the fetal circulation. In humans, Cx26 has been identified as the first susceptibility gene for non-syndromic sensorineural autosomal deafness. Mutations in in Cx31 have been linked with an autosomal-dominant hearing impairment (a nonsense or missense mutation in the second extracellular loop) and in a dominantly transmitted skin disorder,
Figure imgf000004_0001
variabilis (missense mutations in either the N-terminal domain or the M2 domain.) (See A. M. Simon, (1999) Trends Cell Biol. 9:169- 170). Cx46 is expressed in lens fiber cells, and Cx46-deficient mice develop early-onset cataracts that resemble human nuclear cataracts. (See Nicholson, S.M. and R. Bruzzone (1997) Curr. Biol. 7:R340- R344.)
Plasma membrane proteins (MPs) are divided into two groups based upon methods of protein extraction from the membrane. Extrinsic or peripheral membrane proteins can be released using extremes of ionic strength or pH, urea, or other disrupters of protein interactions. Intrinsic or integral membrane proteins are released only when the lipid bilayer of the membrane is dissolved by detergent.
Many membrane proteins (MPs) contain amino acid sequence motifs that serve to localize proteins to specific subcellular sites. Examples of these motifs include PDZ domains, KDEL, RGD, NGR, and GSL sequence motifs, von Willebrand factor A (vWFA) domains, and EGF-like domains. RGD, NGR, and GSL motif-containing peptides have been used as drug delivery agents in targeted cancer treatment of tumor vasculature (Arap, W. et al. (1998) Science, 279:377-380). Membrane proteins may also contain amino acid sequence motifs that serve to interact with extracellular or intracellular molecules, such as carbohydrate recognition domains.
Chemical modification of amino acid residue side chains alters the manner in which MPs interact with other molecules, such as membrane phospholipids. Examples of such chemical modifications include the formation of covalent bonds with glycosaminoglycans, oligosaccharides, phospholipids, acetyl and palmitoyl moieties, ADP-ribose, phosphate, and sulphate groups.
RNA encoding membrane proteins may have alternative splice sites which give rise to proteins encoded by the same gene but with different messenger RNA and amino acid sequences. Splice variant membrane proteins may interact with other ligand and protein isoforms. Transmembrane proteins of the plasma membrane also include cell surface receptors. These receptors recognize hormones such as catecholamines, e.g., epinephrine, norepinephrine, and histamine; peptide hormones, e.g., glucagon, insulin, gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin, adrenocorticotropic hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, luteinizing hormone, thyroid stimulating hormone, parathyroid hormone, and vasopressin; growth and differentiation factors, e.g., epidermal growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, transforming growth factor, insulin-like growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, nerve growth factor, colony-stimulating factors, and erythropoietin; cytokines, e.g., chemokines, interleukins, interferons, and tumor necrosis factor; small peptide factors such as bombesin, oxytocin, endothelin, angiotensin II, vasoactive intestinal peptide, and bradykinin; neurotransmitters such as neuropeptide Y, neurotensin, neuromedinN, melanocortins, opioids, e.g., enkephalins, endorphins and dynorphins; galanin, somatostatin, and tachykinins; and circulatory system-borne signaling molecules, e.g., angiotensin, complement, calcitonin, endothelins, and formyl-methionyl peptides. Cell surface receptors on immune system cells recognize antigens, antibodies, and major Mstocompatϊbility complex (MHC)-bound peptide. Other cell surface receptors bind ligands to be internalized by the cell. This receptor-mediated endocytosis functions in the uptake of low density lipoproteins (LDL), transferrin, glucose- or mannose-terminal glycoproteins, galactose- terminal glycoproteins, immunoglobulins, phosphovitellogenins, fibrin, proteinase-inhibitor complexes, plasminogen activators, and thrombospondin. (Lodish, H. et al. (1995) Molecular Cell Biology, Scientific American Books, New York, NY, p. 723; and Mikhailenko, I. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:6784-6791.) Many cell surface receptors have seven transmembrane regions, with an extracellular N- terminus that binds ligand and a cytoplasmic C-terminus that interacts with G proteins. (Strosberg, A.D. (1991) Eur. J. Biochem. 196:1-10.) Cysteine-rich domains are found in two families of cell surface receptors, the LDL receptor family and the tumor necrosis factor receptor/nerve growth factor (TNFR/NGFR) receptor family. Seven successive cysteine-rich repeats of about forty amino acids in the N-terminal extracellular region of the LDL receptor form the binding site for LDL and calcium; similar repeats have been found in vertebrate very low density lipoprotein receptor, vertebrate low- density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 (LRP1) (also known as o^-macroglobulin receptor), and vertebrate low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 2 (also known as gp330 or megalin) (ExPASy PROSITE document PDOC00929; and Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) Nucl. Acids. Res. 25:217- 221.) The structure of the repeat is a β-hairpin followed by a series of β-turns; there are six disulfide- bonded cysteines within each repeat.
The LDL receptor is an integral membrane protein which functions in lipid uptake by removing cholesterol from the blood. Most cells outside the liver and intestine take up cholesterol from the blood rather than synthesize it themselves. Cell surface LDL receptors bind LDL particles which are then internalized by endocytosis (Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, NCH Publishers, New York NY, pp. 494-501). Absence of the LDL receptor, the cause of the disease familial hypercholesterolemia, leads to increased plasma cholesterol levels and ultimately to atherosclerosis (Stryer, L. (1995) Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman, New York NY, pp. 691-702). G-Protein Coupled Receptors G-protein coupled receptors (GPCR) comprise a superfamily of integral membrane proteins which transduce extracellular signals. GPCRs include receptors for biogenic amines, lipid mediators of inflammation, peptide hormones, and sensory signal mediators.
The structure of these highly-conserved receptors consists of seven hydrophobic transmembrane (serpentine) regions, cysteine disulfide bridges between the second and third extracellular loops, an extracellular N-terminus, and a cytoplasmic C-terminus. Three extracellular loops alternate with three intracellular loops to link the seven transmembrane regions. The most conserved parts of these proteins are the transmembrane regions and the first two cytoplasmic loops. Cysteine disulfide bridges connect the second and third extracellular loops. A conserved, acidic-Arg- aromatic residue triplet present in the second cytoplasmic loop may interact with G proteins. A GPCR consensus pattern is characteristic of most proteins belonging to this superfamily (ExPASy PROSITE document PS00237; and Watson, S. and S. Arkinstall (1994) The G-protein Linked Receptor Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, pp 2-6). Mutations and changes in transcriptional activation of GPCR-encoding genes have been associated with neurological disorders such as schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, drug addiction, and feeding disorders. The juvenile development and fertility-2 (jdf-2) locus, also called ranty-jerky-sterile (rjs), is associated with deletions and point mutations in HERC2, a gene encoding a guanine nucleotide exchange factor protein involved in vesicular trafficking (Walkowicz, M. et al. (1999) Mamm. Genome 10:870-878).
A GPCR known as FP is the receptor for prostaglandin F (PGF). The prostaglandins belong to a large family of naturally occurring paracrine/autocrine mediators of physiologic and inflammatory responses. PGF plays a role in responses of certain tissues such as reproductive tract, lung, bone, and heart, including the stimulation of myometrial contraction, corpus luteum breakdown, and bronchoconstriction. An FP-associated molecule (FPRP) is copurified with FP and is expressed only in those tissues where a physiological role for PGF has been described. FPRP is predicted to be a transmembrane protein with glycosolated extracellular immunoglobulin loops and a short, highly charged intracellular domain. FPRP appears to be a negative regulator of PGF binding to FP. As such, FPRP may be associated with PGF related diseases, which may include dysmenorrhea, infertility, asthma, or cardiomyophathy (Orlicky, D. J. et al. (1996) Hum. Genet. 97:655-658). Scavenger Receptors Macrophage scavenger receptors with broad ligand specificity may participate in the binding of low density lipoproteins (LDL) and foreign antigens. Scavenger receptors types I and II are trimeric membrane proteins with each subunit containing a small N-terminal intracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, a large extracellular domain, and a C-terminal cysteine-rich domain. The extracellular domain contains a short spacer domain, an α -helical coiled-coil domain, and a triple helical collagenous domain. These receptors have been shown to bind a spectrum of ligands, including chemically modified lipoproteins and albumin, polyribonucleotides, polysaccharides, phospholipids, and asbestos (Matsumoto, A. et al. (1990) Proc. Nat . Acad. Sci. 87:9133-9137; and Elomaa, O. et al. (1995) Cell 80:603-609). The scavenger receptors are thought to play a key role in atherogenesis by mediating uptake of modified LDL in arterial walls, and in host defense by binding bacterial endotoxins, bacteria, and protozoa. Tetraspan family proteins
The transmembrane 4 superfamily (TM4SF), or tetraspan family, is a multigene family encoding type III integral membrane proteins (Wright, M.D. and Tomlinson, M.G. (1994) Immunol. Today 15:588-594). TM4SF is comprised of membrane proteins which traverse the cell membrane four times. Members of the TM4SF include platelet and endothelial cell membrane proteins, melanoma-associated antigens, leukocyte surface glycoproteins, colonal carcinoma antigens, tumor- associated antigens, and surface proteins of the schistosome parasites (Jankowski, S.A. (1994) Oncogene 9:1205-1211). Members of the TM4SF share about 25-30% amino acid sequence identity with one another. A number of TM4SF members have been implicated in signal transduction, control of cell adhesion, regulation of cell growth and proliferation, including development and oncogenesis, and cell motility, including tumor cell metastasis. Expression of TM4SF proteins is associated with a variety of tumors, and the level of expression may be altered when cells are growing or activated. Tumor Antigens Tumor antigens are surface molecules that are differentially expressed in tumor cells relative to normal cells. Tumor antigens distinguish tumor cells immunologically from normal cells and provide diagnostic and therapeutic targets for human cancers (Takagi, S. et al. (1995) Int. J. Cancer 61: 706-715; Liu, E. et al. (1992) Oncogene 7: 1027-1032). Ion channels Ion channels are found in the plasma membranes of virtually every cell in the body. For example, chloride channels mediate a variety of cellular functions including regulation of membrane potential and absorption and secretion of ions across epithelial membranes. When present in intracellular membranes of the Golgi apparatus and endocytic vesicles, chloride channels also regulate organelle pH (see, e.g., Greger, R. (1988) Annu. Rev. Physiol. 50:111-122). Electrophysiological and pharmacological properties of chloride channels, including ion conductance, current-voltage relationships, and sensitivity to modulators, suggest that different chloride channels exist in muscles, neurons, fibroblasts, epithelial cells, and lymphocytes.
Many channels have sites for phosphorylation by one or more protein kinases including protein kinase A, protein kinase C, casein ki ase II, and tyrosine kinases, all of which regulate ion channel activity in cells. Inappropriate phosphorylation of membrane proteins has been correlated with pathological changes in cell cycle progression and cell differentiation. Changes in the cell cycle have been linked to induction of apoptosis or cancer. Changes in cell differentiation have been linked to diseases and disorders of the reproductive system, immune system, and skeletal muscle.
Cerebellar granule neurons possess a non-inactivating potassium current which modulates firing frequency upon receptor stimulation by neurotransmitters and controls the resting membrane potential. Potassium channels that exhibit non-inactivating currents include the ether a go-go (EAG) channel. A membrane protein designated KCR1 specifically binds to rat EAG by means of its C- terminal region and regulates the cerebellar non-inactivating potassium current. KCR1 is predicted to contain 12 transmembrane domains, with intracellular amino and carboxyl termini. Structural characteristics of these transmembrane regions appear to be similar to those of the transporter superfamily, but no homology between KCR1 and known transporters was found, suggesting that KCR1 belongs to a novel class of transporters. KCRl appears to be the regulatory component of non- inactivating potassium channels (Hoshi, N. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:23080-23085). Proton pumps Proton ATPases are a large class of membrane proteins that use the energy of ATP hydrolysis to generate an electrochemical proton gradient across a membrane. The resultant gradient may be used to transport other ions across the membrane (Na+, K+, or Cl") or to maintain organelle pH. Proton ATPases are further subdivided into the mitochondrial F- ATPases, the plasma membrane ATPases, and the vacuolar ATPases. The vacuolar ATPases establish and maintain an acidic pH within various vesicles involved in the processes of endocytosis and exocytosis (Melhnan, I. et al. (1986) Ann. Rev. Bioche . 55:663-700).
Proton-coupled, 12 membrane-spanning domain transporters such as PEPT 1 and PEPT 2 are responsible for gastrointestinal absorption and for renal reabsorption of peptides using an electrochemical H+ gradient as the driving force. Another type of peptide transporter, the TAP transporter, is a heterodimer consisting of TAP 1 and TAP 2 and is associated with antigen processing. Peptide antigens are transported across the membrane of the endoplasmic reticulumby TAP so they can be expressed on the cell surface in association with MHC molecules. Each TAP protein consists of multiple hydrophobic membrane spanning segments and a highly conserved ATP-binding cassette (Boll, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:284-289). Pathogenic microorganisms, such as herpes simplex virus, may encode inhibitors of TAP-mediated peptide transport in order to evade immune surveillance (Marusina, K. and Manaco, JJ. (1996) Curr. Opin. Hematol. 3:19-26). ABC Transporters
The ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporters, also called the "traffic ATPases," comprise a superfamily of membrane proteins that mediate transport and channel functions in prokaryotes and eukaryotes (Higgins, C.F. (1992) Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 8:67-113). ABC proteins share a similar overall structure and significant sequence homology. All ABC proteins contain a conserved domain of approximately two hundred amino acid residues which includes one or more nucleotide binding domains. Mutations in ABC transporter genes are associated with various disorders, such as hyperbilirubinemia II/Dubin- Johnson syndrome, recessive Stargardt's disease, X-linked adrenoluekodystrophy, multidrug resistance, celiac disease, and cystic fibrosis. Membrane Proteins Associated with Intercellular Communication
Intercellular communication is essential for the development and survival of multicellular organisms. Cells communicate with one another through the secretion and uptake of protein signaling molecules. The uptake of proteins into the cell is achieved by endocytosis, in which the interaction of signaling molecules with the plasma membrane surface, often via binding to specific receptors, results in the formation of plasma membrane-derived vesicles that enclose and transport the molecules into the cytosol. The secretion of proteins from the cell is achieved by exocytosis, in which molecules inside of the cell are packaged into membrane-bound transport vesicles derived from the trans Golgi network. These vesicles fuse with the plasma membrane and release their contents into the surrounding extracellular space. Endocytosis and exocytosis result in the removal and addition of plasma membrane components, and the recycling of these components is essential to maintain the integrity, identity, and functionality of both the plasma membrane and internal membrane-bound compartments.
Synaptobrevins are synaptic vesicle-associated membrane proteins (VAMPs) which were first discovered in rat brain. These proteins were initially thought to be limited to neuronal cells and to function in the movement of vesicles from the plasmalemma of one cell, across the synapse, to the plasmalemma of another cell. Synaptobrevins are now known to occur and function in constitutive vesicle trafficking pathways involving receptor-mediated endocytotic and exocytotic pathways of many non-neuronal cell types. This regulated vesicle trafficking pathway may be blocked by the highly specific action of clostridial neurotoxins which cleave the synaptobrevin molecule. In vitro studies of various cellular membranes (Galli et al. (1994) J. Cell. Biol. 125:1015-24; Link et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:18423-6) have shown that NAMPS are widely distributed. These important membrane trafficking proteins appear to participate in axon extension via exocytosis during development, in the release of neurotransmitters and modulatory peptides, and in endocytosis. Endocytotic vesicular transport includes such intracellular events as the fusions and fissions of the nuclear membrane, endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, and various inclusion bodies such as peroxisomes or lysosomes. Endocytotic processes appear to be universal in eukaryotic cells as diverse as yeast, Caenorhabditis elegans, Drosophila, and mammals.
NAMP-1B is involved in subcellular targeting and is an isoform of VAMP-IA (Isenmann, S. et al. (1998) Mol. Biol. Cell 9:1649-1660). Four additional splice variants (VAMP-IC to F) have recently been identified. Each variant has variable sequences only at the extreme C-terminus, suggesting that the C-terminus is important in vesicle targeting (Berglund, L. et al. (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 264:777-780).
Lysosomes are the site of degradation of intracellular material during autophagy, and of extracellular molecules following endocytosis. Lysosomal enzymes are packaged into vesicles which bud from the trans-Gόlgi network. These vesicles fuse with endosomes to form the mature lysosome in which hydrolytic digestion of endocytosed material occurs. Lysosomes can fuse with autophagosom.es to form a unique compartment in which the degradation of organelles and other intracellular components occurs. Protein sorting by transport vesicles, such as the endosome, has important consequences for a variety of physiological processes including cell surface growth, the biogenesis of distinct intracellular organelles, endocytosis, and the controlled secretion of hormones and neurotransmitters (Rothman, J.E. and Wieland, F.T. (1996) Science 272:227-234). In particular, neurodegenerative disorders and other neuronal pathologies are associated with biochemical flaws during endosomal protein sorting or endosomal biogenesis (Mayer R.J. et al. (1996) Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 389:261-269).
Peroxisomes are organelles independent from the secretory pathway. They are the site of many peroxide-generating oxidative reactions in the cell. Peroxisomes are unique among eukaryotic organelles in that their size, number, and enzyme content vary depending upon organism, cell type, and metabolic needs (Waterha , H.R. and Cregg, J.M. (1997) BioEssays 19:57-66). Genetic defects in peroxisome proteins which result in peroxisomal deficiencies have been linked to a number of human pathologies, including Zellweger syndrome, rhizomehc chondrodysplasia punctata, X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy, acyl-CoA oxidase deficiency, bifunctional enzyme deficiency, classical Refsum's disease, DHAP alkyl transferase deficiency, and acatalasemia (Moser, H.W. and Moser, A.B. (1996) Ann. ΝY Acad. Sci. 804:427-441). In addition, Gartner, J. et al. (1991; Pediatr. Res. 29:141- 146) found a 22 kDa integral membrane protein associated with lower density peroxisome-like subcellular fractions in patients with Zellweger syndrome.
Normal embryonic development and control of germ cell maturation is modulated by a number of secretory proteins which interact with their respective membrane-bound receptors. Cell fate during embryonic development is determined by members of the activin/TGF-β superfamily, cadherins, IGF- 2, and other morphogens. In addition, proliferation, maturation, and redifferentiation of germ cell and reproductive tissues are regulated, for example, by IGF-2, inhibins, activins, and follistatins (Petraglia, F. (1997) Placenta 18:3-8; Mather, J.P. et al. (1997) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 215:209- 222). Endoplasmic Reticulum Membrane Proteins The normal functioning of the eukaryotic cell requires that all newly synthesized proteins be correctly folded, modified, and delivered to specific intra- and extracellular sites. Newly synthesized membrane and secretory proteins enter a cellular sorting and distribution network during or immediately after synthesis and are routed to specific locations inside and outside of the cell. The initial compartment in this process is the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) where proteins undergo modifications such as glycosylation, disulfide bond formation, and oligomerization. The modified proteins are then transported through a series of membrane-bound compartments which include the various cisternae of the Golgi complex, where further carbohydrate modifications occur. Transport between compartments occurs by means of vesicle budding and fusion. Once within the secretory pathway, proteins do not have to cross a membrane to reach the cell surface. Although the majority of proteins processed through the ER are transported out of the organelle, some are retained. The signal for retention in the ER in mammalian cells consists of the tetrapeptide sequence, KDEL, located at the carboxyl teiminus of resident ER membrane proteins (Munro, S. (1986) Cell 46:291-300). Proteins containing this sequence leave the ERbut are quickly retrieved from the early Golgi cisternae and returned to the ER, while proteins lacking this signal continue through the secretory pathway.
Disruptions in the cellular secretory pathway have been impHcated in several human diseases. In familial hypercholesterolemia the low density lipoprotein receptors remain in the ER, rather than moving to the cell surface (Pathak, R.K. (1988) J. Cell Biol. 106:1831-1841). Altered transport and processing of the β-amyloid precursor protein (βAPP) involves the putative vesicle transport protein presenilin and may play a role in early-onset Alzheimer's disease (Levy-Lahad, E. et al. (1995) Science 269:973-977). Changes in ER-derived calcium homeostasis have been associated with diseases such as cardiomyopathy, cardiac hypertrophy, myotonic dystrophy, Brody disease, Smith- McCort dysplasia, and diabetes ellitus. Mitochondrial Membrane Proteins The mitochondrial electron transport (or respiratory) chain is a series of three enzyme complexes in the mitochondrial membrane that is responsible for the transport of electrons from NADH to oxygen and the coupling of this oxidation to the synthesis of ATP (oxidative phosphorylation). ATP then provides the primary source of energy for driving the many energy-requiring reactions of a cell. Most of the protein components of the mitochondrial respiratory chain are the products of nuclear encoded genes that are imported into the mitochondria, and the remainder are products of mitochondrial genes. Defects and altered expression of enzymes in the respiratory chain are associated with a variety of disease conditions in man, including, for example, neurodegenerative diseases, myopathies, and cancer. Lymphocyte and Leukocyte Membrane Proteins
The B-cell response to antigens is an essential component of the normal immune system. Mature B cells recognize foreign antigens through B cell receptors (BCR) which are membrane- bound, specific antibodies that bind foreign antigens. The antigen/receptor complex is internalized, and the antigen is proteolytically processed. To generate an efficient response to complex antigens, the BCR, BCR-associated proteins, and T cell response are all required. Proteolytic fragments of the antigen are complexed with major histocompatability complex-II (MHCII) molecules on the surface of the B cells where the complex can be recognized by T cells. In contrast, macrophages and other lymphoid cells present antigens in association with MHCI molecules to T cells. T cells recognize and are activated by the MHCI-antigen complex through interactions with the T cell receptor/CD3 complex, a T cell-surface multimeric protein located in the plasma membrane. T cells activated by antigen presentation secrete a variety of lymphokines that induce B cell maturation and T cell proliferation, and activate macrophages, which kill target cells.
Leukocytes have a fundamental role in the inflammatory and immune response, and include monocytes/macrophages, mast cells, polymorphonucleoleukocytes, natural killer cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, and myeloid precursors. Leukocyte membrane proteins include members of the CD antigens, N-CAM, I-CAM, human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class I and HLA class II gene products, iinmunoglobulins, immunoglobulin receptors, complement, complement receptors, interferons, interferon receptors, interleukin receptors, and chemokine receptors.
Abnormal lymphocyte and leukocyte activity has been associated with acute disorders such as AIDS, immune hypersensitivity, leukemias, leukopenia, systemic lupus, granulomatous disease, and eosinophilia. Apoptosis-Associated Membrane Proteins
A variety of ligands, receptors, enzymes, tumor suppressors, viral gene products, pharmacological agents, and inorganic ions have important positive or negative roles in regulating and implementing the apoptotic destruction of a cell. Although some specific components of the apoptotic pathway have been identified and characterized, many interactions between the proteins involved are undefined, leaving major aspects of the pathway unknown.
A requirement for calcium in apoptosis was previously suggested by studies showing the involvement of calcium levels in DNA cleavage and Fas-mediated cell death (Hewish, D.R. and L. A. Burgoyne (1973) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 52:504-510; Vignaux, F. et al. (1995) J. Exp. Med. 181:781-786; Oshimi, Y. and S. Miyazaki (1995) J. Immunol. 154:599-609). Other studies show that intracellular calcium concentrations increase when apoptosis is triggered in thymocytes by either T cell receptor cross-hhking or by glucocorticoids, and cell death can be prevented by blocking this increase (McConkey, DJ. et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143:1801-1806; McConkey, DJ. et al. (1989) Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 269:365-370). Therefore, membrane proteins such as calcium channels and the Fas receptor are important for the apoptotic response.
The discovery of new transmembrane proteins, and the polynucleotides encoding them, satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, cell proliferative, and auto nmune/inflammatory disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transmembrane proteins.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The invention features purified polypeptides, transmembrane proteins, referred to collectively as "TMP" and individually as "TMP-1," "TMP-2," "TMP-3," "TMP-4," "TMP-5," "TMP-6," "TMP- 7," "TMP-8," "TMP-9," "TMP-10J "TMP-11," "TMP-12J "TMP-13," "TMP-14J "TMP-15J "TMP-16," and "TMP-17." In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ- 17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J-17. In one alternative, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. In one alternative, the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. In another alternative, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34. Additionally, the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. In one alternative, the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. In another alternative, the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide. The invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. The method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed. Additionally, the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ 8-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). In one alternative, the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
Additionally, the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionaUy, if present, the amount thereof. In one alternative, the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
The invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ8-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
The invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient In one embodiment, the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -17. The invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
The invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an nnmunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Additionally, the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
The invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
The invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO :18-34, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Alternatively, the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention.
Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for polypeptides of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown. Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention. Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention, along with apphcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Before the present proteins, nucleotide sequences, and methods are described, it is understood that this invention is not limited to the particular machines, materials and methods described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a host cell" includes a plurahty of such host cells, and a reference to "an antibody" is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any machines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the preferred machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols, reagents and
Figure imgf000019_0001
which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. DEFINITIONS
"TMP" refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified TMP obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine,, and human, and from, any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant. The term "agonist" refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of
TMP. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TMP either by directly interacting with TMP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TMP participates.
An "allelic variant" is an alternative form of the gene encoding TMP. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
"Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as TMP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of TMP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding TMP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent TMP. Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophihcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of TMP is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophihcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophihcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
The terms "amino acid" and "amino acid sequence" refer to an oligopepti.de, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence" is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, "amino acid sequence" and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
"Amplification" relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art. The term "antagonist" refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of
TMP. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TMP either by directly interacting with TMP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TMP participates. The term "antibody" refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant. Antibodies that bind TMP polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired. Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
The term "antigenic determinant" refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic deteirninants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic detejrminant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
The term "aptamer" refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target. Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial libraries. Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules. The nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2 -OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2 -F or 2'-NH2), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood. Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system. Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross- linker. (See, e.g., Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13.)
The term "intramer" refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo. For example, a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
The term "spiegelmer" refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides.
The term "antisense" refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation "negative" or "minus" can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation "positive" or "plus" can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
The term "biologically active" refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule. Likewise, "immunologically active" or "immunogenic" refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic TMP, or of any ohgopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
"Complementary" describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5'-AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'. A "composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence" and a "composition comprising a given amino acid sequence" refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution. Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP or fragments of TMP may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe maybe deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
"Consensus sequence" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or geno ic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions. Original Residue Conservative Substitution
Ala Gly, Ser
Arg His, Lys
Asn Asp, Gin, His Asp Asn, Glu
Cys Ala, Ser
Gin Asn, Glu, His
Glu Asp, Gin, His
Gly Ala His Asn, Arg, Gin, Glu
He Leu, Val
Leu He, Val
Lys Arg, Gin, Glu
Met Leu, lie Phe His, Met, Leu, Trp, Tyr
Ser Cys, Thr
Thr Ser, Val
Trp Phe, Tyr
Tyr His, Phe, Trp Val lie, Leu, Thr Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain. A "deletion" refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
The term "derivative" refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
A "detectable label" refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide. "Differential expression" refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
"Exon shuffling" refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
A "fragment" is a unique portion of TMP or the polynucleotide encoding TMP which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments. A fragment of SEQ ID NOJ8-34 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO: 18-34, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained. A fragment of SEQ ID NO:l 8-34 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish
SEQ ID NO: 18-34 from related polynucleotide sequences. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO.J8-34 and the region of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
A fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ8-34. A fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ
ID NO.J-17. For example, a fragment of SEQ ID NO.J-17 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO.J-17. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NOJ-17 and the region of SEQ ID NOJ-17 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
A "full length" polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., metliionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon. A "full length" polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length" polypeptide sequence.
"Homology" refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
The terms "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3J2e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153 and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992) CABIOS 8:189-191.
For pairwise alignments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and "diagonals saved"=4. The "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default. Percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity" between ahgned polynucleotide sequences.
Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, MD, and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn," that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called "BLAST 2 Sequences" that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2
Sequences" can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.rlm.nih.gov/gorf/bl2.html. The "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0J2 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62 Reward for match: 1 Penalty for mismatch: -2 Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10 Word Size: 11 Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein. The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some ahgnment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide. Percent identity between polypeptide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL N algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3J2e sequence ahgnment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise alignments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=l, gap penalty=3, window=5, and "diagonals saved"=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table. As with polynucleotide alignments, the percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity" between aligned polypeptide sequence pairs.
Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0J2 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50 Expect: 10 Word Size: 3
Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
"Human artificial chromosomes" (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
The term "humanized antibody" refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability. "Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" steρ(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e. , binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ l sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
Generally, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Such wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T--) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY; specifically see volume 2, chapter 9. High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 /xg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNA:DNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or R0t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass shdes, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
The words "insertion" and "addition" refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Immune response" can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
An "immunogenic fragment" is a polypeptide or ohgopeptide fragment of TMP which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal. The term "immunogenic fragment" also includes any polypeptide or ohgopeptide fragment of TMP which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
The term "microarray" refers to an arrangement of a plurahty of polynucleotides, polypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
The terms "element" and "array element" refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
The term "modulate" refers to a change in the activity of TMP. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of TMP.
The phrases "nucleic acid" and "nucleic acid sequence" refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleoti.de, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded arid may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
"Operably linked" refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
"Peptide nucleic acid" (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an ohgonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The teπriinal lysine confers solubihty to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
"Post-translational modification" of an TMP may involve hpidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemicaUy. Biochemical modifications wUl vary by ceU type depending on the enzymatic milieu of TMP.
"Probe" refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, ahelic or related nucleic acid sequences. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, hgands, chemUuminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers" are short nucleic acids, usuaUy DNA oligonucleotides, which maybe annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Probes and primers as used in the present invention typicaUy comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in the references, for example Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1987) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publ. Assoc. & Wiley-Inter sciences, New York NY; Innis, M. et al. (1990) PCR Protocols. A Guide to Methods and Apphcations, Academic Press, San Diego CA. PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (avaUable to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, DaUas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from egabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (avaUable to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) aUows the user to input a "mispr ning library/' in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (avaUable to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence ahgnments, thereby aUowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fuUy or partiaUy complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleoti.de selection are not limited to those described above.
A "recombinant nucleic acid" is a sequence that is not naturaUy occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence.
This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra. The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence.
Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a ceU. Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
A "regulatory element" refers to a nucleic acid sequence usuaUy derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs).
Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
"Reporter molecules" are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemUuminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art. An "RNA equivalent," in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that ah occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracU, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyrϊbose.
The term "sample" is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing TMP, nucleic acids encoding TMP, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodUy fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organeUe, or membrane isolated from a ceU; a ceU; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
The terms "specific binding" and "specificaUy binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a s aU molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. The term "substantiaUy purified" refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturaUy associated.
A "substitution" refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Substrate" refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, shdes, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capiUaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as weUs, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound. A "transcript image" or "expression profile" refers to the coUective pattern of gene expression by a particular ceU type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
"Transformation" describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient ceU. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods weU known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host ceU. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host ceU being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, hpofection, and particle bombardment. The term "transformed ceUs" includes stably transformed ceHs in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as weU as transiently transformed ceUs which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
A "transgenic organism," as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of dehberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
A "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic" (as defined above), "splice/' "species," or "polymorphic" variant. A splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during rnRNA processing. The corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides wiU generaUy have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
A "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
THE INVENTION The invention is based on the discovery of new human transmembrane proteins (TMP), the polynucleotides encoding TMP, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, ceU proliferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders.
Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the fuU length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown. Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown.
Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention. Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog.
Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s). Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, aU of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention. Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide. Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison WI). Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs. Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
Together, Tables 2 and 3 summarize the properties of polypeptides of the invention, and these properties establish that the claimed polypeptides are transmembrane proteins. For example, SEQ ID NO:2 is 89% identical to rat prostaglandin F2a receptor regulatory protein (GenBank ID gl054884) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 0.0, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:2 also contains six h-nmunoglubulin domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) In addition, SEQ ID NO:2 contains a signal peptide, a transmembrane domain, and an RGD motif, providing further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:2 is a human transmembrane protein.
In the alternative, SEQ ID NO:4 is 56% identical to human connexin 31J (GenBank ID g4336903) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 5.8e-68, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:4 also contains a connexin domain as deteπnined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) Data fromBLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:4 is a connexin. Note that six identical connexins compose a connexon (gap junction), a transmembrane channel in the plasma membrane which functions chemicaUy and electricaUy to couple the cytoplasms of neighboring ceUs in many tissues. SEQ ID NO:5 is 1554 amino acids in length and is 99% identical over 1157 amino acids to human MEGF7 (GenBank ID g3449306) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabUity score is 0.0, which indicates the probabUity of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:5 also contains low-density lipoprotein receptor repeats and low-density lipoprotein receptor domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:5 is a member of the LDL receptor famUy of proteins.
In another alternative, SEQ ID NO:6 is 36% identical to mouse low density lipoprotein receptor related protein LRPIB/LRP-DIT (GenBank ID g8926243) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 1.5e-40, which indicates the probabUity of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:6 also contains low-density lipoprotein receptor domains as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein famUy domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:6 is a low-density lipoprotein receptor-related molecule. Further, SEQ ID
NO:14 is 59% identical to human TNF-inducϊble protein CG12-1 (GenBank ID g3978246) as determined by the Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabUity score is 1 Je-94, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence ahgnment by chance. Data from HMMER analysis provides further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:14 contains a transmembrane domain. SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:7- 13, and SEQ ID NOJ5-17 were analyzed and annotated in a simUar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NOJ-17 are described in Table 7.
As shown in Table 4, the full length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences. Columns 1 and 2 list the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) for each polynucleotide of the invention. Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence inbasepairs. Column 4 lists fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ ID NO.J8-34 or that distinguish between SEQ ID NO.J8-34 and related polynucleotide sequences. Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the full length polynucleotide sequences of the invention. Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective full length sequences. The identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specificaUy, for example, to
Incyte cDNAs along with their corresponding cDNA libraries. For example, 6798827J1 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence, and COLENOR03 is the cDNA hbrary from which it is derived. Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries (e.g., 71760758V1). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., gl506355) which contributed to the assembly of the fuU length polynucleotide sequences. In addition, the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The S anger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST"). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM" or "NT") or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i. e. , those sequences including the designation "NP"). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm. For example, FL JXXXXXX_NJ_N2_YYYYY_N3_N4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N12ι3.,., if present, represent specific exons that may have been manuaUy edited during analysis (See Example V). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm For example, FLXXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is the identification number of a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, gβBBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V). In instances where a RefSeq sequence was used as a protein homolog for the "exon-stretching" algorithm, a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "NM," "NP," or "NT") maybe used in place of the GenBank identifier (i. e. , gBBBBB). Alternatively, a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The foUowing Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and corresponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
Figure imgf000036_0001
In some cases, Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown. Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences. The representative cDNA hbrary is the Incyte cDNA hbrary which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences. The tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6. The invention also encompasses TMP variants. A preferred TMP variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the TMP amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
The invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode TMP. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, which encodes TMP. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracU, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose. The invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
In addition, or in the alternative, a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a sphce variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. A sphce variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing. A sphce variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP over its entire length; however, portions of the sphce variant wiU have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions of the polynucleotide sequence encoding TMP. Any one of the sphce variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TMP.
It wUl be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP, some bearing minimal simUarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturaUy occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as apphed to the polynucleotide sequence of naturaUy occurring TMP, and aU such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
Although nucleotide sequences which encode TMP and its variants are generaUy capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturaUy occurring TMP under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding TMP or its derivatives possessing a substantiaUy different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturaUy occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantiaUy altering the nucleotide sequence encoding TMP and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturaUy occurring sequence. The invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode TMP and TMP derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many avaUable expression vectors and ceU systems using reagents weU known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding TMP or any fragment thereof.
Also encompassed by the invention are polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NOJ8-34 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wahl, G.M. and S.L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Kimmel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511.) Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions."
Methods for DNA sequencing are weU known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (HamUton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Apphed Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Apphed Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, WUey VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
The nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP maybe extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed,
0 restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322.)
Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences. (See, e.g., Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186.) A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences inhuman and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. (See, e.g., Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119.) In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art. (See, e.g., Parker, JD. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). AdditionaUy, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER hbraries (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen hbraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For aU PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commerciaUy avaUable software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
When screening for full length cDNAs, it is preferable to use hbraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed hbraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an ohgo d(T) hbrary does not yield a fuU-length cDNA. Genomic hbraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display maybe computer controUed. CapiUary electrophoresis is especiaUy preferable for sequencing smaU DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode TMP may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of TMP, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host ceUs. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantiaUy the same or a functionaUy equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express TMP.
The nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generaUy known in the art in order to alter TMP-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic ohgonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oligonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce sphce variants, and so forth.
The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen, Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of TMP, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its abUity to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
In another embodiment, sequences encoding TMP may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Sy p. Ser. 7:225-232.) Alternatively, TMP itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or sohd-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; and Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204.) Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Apphed Biosystems). AdditionaUy, the amino acid sequence of TMP, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturaUy occurring polypeptide. The peptide may be substantiaUy purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.) The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
In order to express a biologicaUy active TMP, the nucleotide sequences encoding TMP or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5 ' and 3 ' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding TMP. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where sequences encoding TMP and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host ceU system used. (See, e.g., Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. CeU Differ. 20:125-162.) Methods which are weU known to those sk led in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding TMP and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. (See, e.g., Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY, ch. 4, 8, and 16-17; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1995) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John WUey & Sons, New York NY, ch. 9, 13, and 16.)
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding TMP. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauhflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal ceU systems. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra; Ausubel, supra; Nan Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509; Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Νatl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945; Takamatsu, Ν. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311 ; The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New
York NY, pp. 191-196; Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659; and Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or ceU population. (See, e.g., Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5(6):350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90(13):6340-6344; Buller, R.M. et al. (1985) Nature 317(6040):813-815; McGregor, D.P. et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31(3):219-226; and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242.) The invention is not limited by the host ceU employed.
In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La JoUa CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding TMP into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, aUowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria contaming recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence. (See, e.g., Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509.) When large quantities of TMP are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of TMP may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducϊble SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
Yeast expression systems may be used for production of TMP. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intraceUular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; and Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184.)
Plant systems may also be used for expression of TMP. Transcription of sequences encoding TMP may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence fromTMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the smaU subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. CeU Differ. 17:85-105.) These constructs can be introduced into plant ceUs by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. (See, e.g., The McGraw HiU Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw HiU, New York NY, pp. 191-196.)
In mammalian ceUs, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding TMP may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses TMP in host ceUs. (See, e.g., Logan, J. and T. Sherik (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659.) In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RS V) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host ceUs. S V40 or EB V- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to dehver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and dehvered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g., Harrington, JJ. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of TMP in ceU lines is preferred. For example, sequences encoding TMP can be transformed into ceU lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. FoUowing the introduction of the vector, ceUs may be aUowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence aUows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed ceUs may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the ceU type.
Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed ceU lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tkL and apr ceUs, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) CeU 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) CeU 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabohte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418; and als and p t confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570; Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14.) Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter ceUular requirements for metabohtes. (See, e.g., Hartman, S.C and R.C Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051.) Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding TMP is inserted witbin a marker gene sequence, transformed ceUs containing sequences encoding TMP can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding TMP under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usuaUy indicates expression of the tandem gene as weU.
In general, host ceUs that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding TMP and that express TMP may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RN A hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences.
Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of TMP using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated ceU sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on TMP is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual. APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. IV; Cohgan, J.E. et al. (1997) Current Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and WUey-Interscience, New York NY; and Pound, J.D. (1998) hnmunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ.)
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those sHlled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding TMP include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amphfication using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences encoding TMP, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commerciaUy avaUable kits, such as those provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega (Madison WI), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemUuminescent, or chromogenic agents, as weU as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like. Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from ceU culture. The protein produced by a transformed ceU may be secreted or retained intraceUularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As wiU be understood by those of skiU in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode TMP may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of TMP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic ceU membrane. In addition, a host ceU strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, hpidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" or "pro" form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host ceUs which have specific ceUular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are avaUable from the American Type Culture CoUection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein. In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP may be hgated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric TMP protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially avaUable antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide hbraries for inhibitors of TMP activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy avaUable affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), cahnodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, cahnodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoafSnity purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy avaUable monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the TMP encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that TMP may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety foUowing purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commerciaUy avaUable kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
In a further embodiment of the invention, synthesis of radiolabeled TMP may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35S-methionine.
TMP of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to TMP. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to TMP. Examples of test compounds include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or small molecules. In one embodiment, the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural hgand of TMP, e.g., a hgand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner. (See, e.g., Cohgan, J.E. et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology 1(2): Chapter 5.) Similarly, the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which TMP binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the ligand binding site. In either case, the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. In one embodiment, screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate ceUs which express TMP, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane. Preferred cells include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila. or E. coli. Cells expressing TMP or cell membrane fractions which contain TMP are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either TMP or the compound is analyzed.
An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label. For example, the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with TMP, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of TMP to the compound.
Alternatively, the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. Additionally, the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support. TMP of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of TMP. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists. In one embodiment, an assay is performed under conditions permissive for TMP activity, wherein TMP is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of TMP in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of TMP in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of TMP in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of TMP. Alternatively, a test compound is combined with an in vitro or ceU-free system comprising TMP under conditions suitable for TMP activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of TMP may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding TMP or their mammahan homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) ceUs. Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337.) For example, mouse ES ceUs, such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture. The ES ceUs are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244: 1288-1292). The vector integrates into the corresponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination. Alternatively, homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330). Transformed ES ceUs are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain. The blastocysts are surgicaUy transferred to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains. Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
Polynucleotides encoding TMP may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts. Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate ceU lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
Polynucleotides encoding TMP can also be used to create "knockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With knockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding TMP is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome. Transformed ceUs are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease. Alternatively, a mammal inbred to overexpress TMP, e.g., by secreting TMP in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74). THERAPEUTICS Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of TMP and transmembrane proteins. In addition, the expression of TMP is closely associated with brain, prostate, smooth muscle, cardiovascular, pituitary, gastrointestinal, lung, pancreatic, and small intestine tissues. Therefore, TMP appears to play a role in reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, hpid metabolism, ceU proliferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased TMP expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of TMP. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TMP expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of TMP.
Therefore, in one embodiment, TMP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a reproductive disorder such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endόmetrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, ectopic pregnancy, teratogenesis, cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, galactorrhea, a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, gynecomastia, hypergonadotropic and hypogonadotropic hypogonadism, pseudohermaphroditism- azoospermia, premature ovarian faUure, acrosin deficiency, delayed puberty, retrograde ejaculation and anejaculation, haemangioblastomas, cystsphaeochromocytomas, paraganghoma, cystadenomas of the epididymis, and endolymphatic sac tumours; a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Gushing 's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypofhyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss; a cardiovascular disorder such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, noribacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, complications of cardiac transplantation, congenital lung anomalies, atelectasis, pulmonary congestion and edema, pulmonary embolism, pulmonary hemorrhage, pulmonary infarction, pulmonary hypertension, vascular sclerosis, obstructive pulmonary disease, restrictive pulmonary disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, bronchial asthma, bronchiectasis, bacterial pneumonia, viral and mycoplasmal pneumonia, lung abscess, pulmonary tuberculosis, diffuse interstitial diseases, pneumoconioses, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, desquamative interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, pulmonary eosinophilia bronchiolitis obliterans-organizing pneumonia, diffuse pulmonary hemorrhage syndromes, Goodpasture's syndromes, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, pulmonary involvement in collagen-vascular disorders, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung tumors, inflammatory and noninflammatory pleura! effusions, pneumothorax, pleural tumors, drug-induced lung disease, radiation-induced lung disease, and complications of lung transplantation; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyra idal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radicuhtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, and
Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheihker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a gastrointestinal disorder such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbihrubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative cohtis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, MaUory- Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, irritable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diarrhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemorrhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis, Wilson's disease, alphaj-antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; a lipid metabolism disorder such as fatty liver, cholestasis, primary biliary cirrhosis, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmitoyltransferase deficiency, myoadenylate deaminase deficiency, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid storage disorders such Fabry's disease, Gaucher's disease, Niemann- Pick's disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, GM2 ganghosidosis, and ceroid lipofuscinosis, abetalipoproteinemia, Tangier disease, hyperlipoproteinemia, diabetes melhtus, lipodystrophy, lipomatoses, acute panniculitis, disseminated fat necrosis, adiposis dolorosa, lipoid adrenal hyperplasia, minimal change disease, lipomas, atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia, hypercholesterolemia with hypertriglyceridemia, primary hypoalphalipoproteinemia, hypothyroidism, renal disease, liver disease, lecithimcholesterol acyltransferase deficiency, cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis, sitosterolemia, hypocholesterolemia, Tay-Sachs disease, Sandhoff s disease, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipemia, lipid myopathies, and obesity; a ceU proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; and an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyenodocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, deimatomyositis, diabetes melhtus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjδgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma.
In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing TMP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those described above.
In a further embodiment, a composition comprising a substantiaUy purified TMP in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those provided above.
In stiU another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those hsted above.
In a further embodiment, an antagonist of TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TMP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those reproductive, developmental, cardiovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, lipid metabolism, ceU prohferative, and autoimmune/inflammatory disorders described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specificaUy binds TMP may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express TMP.
In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TMP including, but not limited to, those described above.
In other embodiments, any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
An antagonist of TMP may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art. In particular, purified TMP may be used to produce antibodies or to screen hbraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind TMP. Antibodies to TMP may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeiic, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression hbrary. Neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generaUy preferred for therapeutic use. For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with TMP or with any fragment or ohgopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oU emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilh Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable.
It is preferred that the ohgopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to TMP have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generaUy wUl consist of at least about 10 a ino acids. It is also preferable that these ohgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of TMP amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
Monoclonal antibodies to TMP may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J.
Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and
Cole, S.P. et al. (1984) Mol. CeU Biol. 62:109-120.)
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies," such as the sphcing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used. (See, e.g., Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855; Neuberger, M.S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; and Takeda,
S. et al. (1985) Nature 314:452-454.) Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies may be adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce TMP-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D.R.
(1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin hbraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter,
G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for TMP may also be generated. For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab')2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expressionlibrari.es may be constructed to aUow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al.
(1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
Various immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or j amunoradiornetric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are weU known in the art. Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between TMP and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering TMP epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra). Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioi-mmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for TMP. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, Ka, which is defined as the molar concentration of TMP-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in then affinities for multiple TMP epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for TMP. The Ka determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular TMP epitope, represents a true measure of affinity. High-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the TMP-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. Low-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 106 to 107 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and simUar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of TMP, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington DC; Liddell, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John WUey & Sons, New York NY).
The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quahty and suitabUity of such preparations for certain downstream apphcations. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of TMP-antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quahty and usage in various apphcations, are generaUy avaUable. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Cohgan et al. supra.)
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding TMP, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified ohgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding TMP. Such technology is weU known in the art, and antisense ohgonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding TMP. (See, e.g., Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ.)
In therapeutic use, any gene delivery system suitable for introduction of the antisense sequences into appropriate target cells can be used. Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein. (See, e.g., Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. AUergy Clin. Immunol. 102(3):469-475; and Scanlon, KJ. et al. (1995) 9(13).J288-1296.) Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors. (See, e.g., Miller, A.D. (1990) Blood 76:271; Ausubel, supra; Uckert, W. and W. Walther (1994) Pharmacol. Ther. 63(3):323-347.) Other gene delivery mechanisms include liposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art. (See, e.g., Rossi, JJ. (1995) Br. Med. BuU. 51(l):217-225; Boado, R.J. et al. (1998) J. Phar . Sci. 87(11):1308-1315; and Morris, M.C. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(14):2730-2736.) In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding TMP may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy. Gene therapy may be performed to (i) correct a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)-X1 disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined i munodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C et al. (1995) Science 270:470-475), cystic fibrosis (Zabner, J. et al. (1993) CeU 75:207-216; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum Gene Therapy 6:643-666; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum Gene Therapy 6:667-703), thalassamias, famUial hypercholesterolemia, and hemophilia resulting from Factor VIII or Factor IX deficiencies (Crystal, R.G. (1995) Science 270:404-410; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242)), (ii) express a conditionaUy lethal gene product (e.g., in the case of cancers which result from unregulated ceU prohferation), or (Hi) express a protein which affords protection against intracellular parasites (e.g., against human retroviruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (Baltimore, D. (1988) Nature 335:395-396; Poeschla, E. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 93:11395-11399), hepatitis B or C virus (HBV, HCV); fungal parasites, such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasihensis; and protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma crazi). In the case where a genetic deficiency in TMP expression or regulation causes disease, the expression of TMP from an appropriate population of transduced ceUs may aUeviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
In a further embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in TMP are treated by constructing mammahan expression vectors encoding TMP and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into TMP-deficient ceUs. Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual ceUs, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (hi) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) CeU 91.501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450). Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of TMP include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La JoUa CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA). TMP maybe expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or β-actin genes), (ii) aninducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.N. and H.M. Blau (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commerciaUy avaUable in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (avaUable in the plasmids PNGRXR and PIΝD; Invitrogen); the
FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter; or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.N. and H.M. Blau, supra-)), or (iii) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding TMP from a normal individual.
CommerciaUy avaUable hposome transformation kits (e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, avaUable from Invitrogen) aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to dehver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters. In the alternative, transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and AJ. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1 :841-845). The introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammahan transfection protocols.
In another embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to TMP expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding TMP under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cw-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation. Retrovirus vectors (e.g., PFB and PFBNEO) are commerciaUy avaUable (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6733-6737), incorporated by reference herein. The vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and AD. Miller (1988) j. Virol. 62:3802-3806; DuU, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) j. Virol. 72:9873-9880). U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg ("Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant") discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4+ T-ceUs), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures well known to persons skUled in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al. (1997) Blood 89:2259-2267; Bonyhadi, M.L. (1997) J. Virol. 71:4707-4716; Ranga, U. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:1201-1206; Su, L. (1997) Blood 89:2283-2290).
In the alternative, an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to dehver polynucleotides encoding TMP to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of TMP. The construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skUl in the art. Rephcation defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatUe for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,618 to Armentano ("Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy"), hereby incorporated by reference. For adenoviral vectors, see also Antinozzi, P. A. et al. (1999) Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544 and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 18:389:239-242, both incorporated by reference herein. In another alternative, a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to dehver polynucleotides encoding TMP to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of TMP. The use of herpes simplex virus (HS V)-based vectors may be especiaUy valuable for introducing TMP to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism. The construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skUl in the art. A rephcation-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395). The construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detaU in U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca ("Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transferred to a cell under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP22. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999) J. Virol. 73:519-532 and Xu, H. et al. (1994) Dev. Biol. 163 : 152- 161 , hereby incorporated by reference. The manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences , the generation of recombinant virus foUowing the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpesvirus, and the infection of ceUs with herpesvirus are techniques weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art.
In another alternative, an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding TMP to target ceUs. The biology of the prototypic alphavirus, Semliki Forest Virus (SFV), has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, H. and K.-J. Li (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:464-469). During alphavirus RNA rephcation, a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgeno ic RNA replicates to higher levels than the fuU length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase). SimUarly, inserting the coding sequence for TMP into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of TMP-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of TMP in vector transduced ceUs. WhUe alphavirus infection is typicaUy associated with ceU lysis within a few days, the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney ceUs (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic rephcation of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S . A. et al.
(1997) Virology 228:74-83). The wide host range of alphaviruses wiU aUow the introduction of TMP into a variety of ceU types. The specific transduction of a subset of ceUs in a population may require the sorting of ceUs prior to transduction. The methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are weU known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
Ohgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. SimUarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple hehx base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double hehx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.L Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Pubhsbing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177.) A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of
RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specificaUy and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding TMP. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initiatty identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, corresponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleoti.de inoperable. The suitabUity of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary ohgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemicaUy synthesizing ohgonucleotides such as sohd phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding TMP. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU lines, ceUs, or tissues. RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stability and half-hfe. Possible modifications include, but are not hmited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in aU of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as weU as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and simUarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easUy recognized by endogenous endonucleases. An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding TMP. Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense ohgonucleotides, triple hehx-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression. Thus, in the treatment of disorders associated with increased TMP expression or activity, a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TMP expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding TMP may be therapeutically useful.
At least one, and up to a plurahty, of test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide. A test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturaUy-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly. A sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding TMP is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained. The sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell, or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding TMP are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. Typically, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding TMP. The amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide. A screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 268:8-13). A particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of ohgonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
Many methods for introducing vectors into ceUs or tissues are avaUable and equaUy suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Dehvery by transfection, by hposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be apphed to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generaUy comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient. Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins. Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Pubhshing, Easton PA). Such compositions may consist of TMP, antibodies to TMP, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TMP.
The compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means. Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in hquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosohzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of smaU molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol dehvery of fast-acting formulations is weU-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g. larger peptides and proteins), recent developments in the field of pulmonary dehvery via the alveolar region of the lung have enabled the practical dehvery of drugs such as insulin to blood circulation (see, e.g., Patton, J.S. et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,997,848). Pulmonary dehvery has the advantage of administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentiaUy toxic penetration enhancers.
Compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. The determination of an effective dose is weU within the capability of those skiUed in the art.
Specialized forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intraceUular delivery of macromolecules comprising TMP or fragments thereof. For example, hposome preparations containing a ceU-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular dehvery of the macromolecule. Alternatively, TMP or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N-terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
For any compound, the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to deteπnine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
A therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example TMP or fragments thereof, antibodies of TMP, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of TMP, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED50 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration. The exact dosage wiU be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drag combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-hfe and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of dehvery is provided in the literature and generaUy avaUable to practitioners in the art. Those skiUed in the art wiU employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. SimUarly, dehvery of polynucleotides or polypeptides wiU be specific to particular ceUs, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS In another embodiment, antibodies which specificaUy bind TMP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of TMP, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with TMP or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TMP. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for TMP include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect TMP in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
A variety of protocols for measuring TMP, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of TMP expression. Normal or standard values for TMP expression are established by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammahan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to TMP under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of TMP expressed in subject, control, and disease samples frombiopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabhshes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding TMP may be used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include ohgonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of TMP may be correlated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of TMP, and to monitor regulation of TMP levels during therapeutic intervention.
In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding TMP or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode TMP. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification wUl determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding TMP, aUehc variants, or related sequences.
Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the TMP encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention maybe DNA or RNA and maybe derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18-34 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the TMP gene.
Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding TMP include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP or TMP derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy avaUable, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuchdes such as 32P or 35S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like. Polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of TMP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a reproductive disorder such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endometrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, ectopic pregnancy, teratogenesis, cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, galactorrhea, a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, gynecomastia, hypergonadotropic and hypogonadotropic hypogonadism, pseudohermaphroditism, azoospermia, premature ovarian faUure, acrosin deficiency, delayed puberty, retrograde ejaculation and anejaculation, haemangioblastomas, cystsphaeochromocytomas, paraganghoma, cystadenomas of the epididymis, and endolymphatic sac tumours; a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Gushing' s syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spinabifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss; a cardiovascular disorder such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart faUure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, noribacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, complications of cardiac transplantation, congenital lung anomalies, atelectasis, pulmonary congestion and edema, pulmonary embolism, pulmonary hemorrhage, pulmonary infarction, pulmonary hypertension, vascular sclerosis, obstructive pulmonary disease, restrictive pulmonary disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, bronchial asthma, bronchiectasis, bacterial pneumonia, viral and mycoplasmal pneumonia, lung abscess, pulmonary tuberculosis, diffuse interstitial diseases, pneumoconioses, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fϊbrosis, desquamative interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, pulmonary eosinophilia bronchiolitis obliterans-organizing pneumonia, diffuse pulmonary hemorrhage syndromes, Goodpasture's syndromes, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, pulmonary involvement in collagen-vascular disorders, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung tumors, inflammatory and noninflammatory pleural effusions, pneumothorax, pleural tumors, drug-induced lung disease, radiation-induced lung disease, and complications of lung transplantation; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radicuhtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann- Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinalhemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akafhesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a gastrointestinal disorder such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the hver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative cohtis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, MaUory- Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, irritable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diarrhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemorrhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis, Wilson's disease, alphaj-antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; a lipid metabohsm disorder such as fatty liver, cholestasis, primary biliary cirrhosis, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmitoyltransferase deficiency, myoadenylate deaminase deficiency, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid storage disorders such Fabry's disease, Gaucher's disease, Niemann- Pick's disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, GM2 gangliosidosis, and ceroid lipofuscinosis, abetalipoproteinemia, Tangier disease, hyperlipoproteinemia, diabetes melhtus, lipodystrophy, lipomatoses, acute panniculitis, disseminated fat necrosis, adiposis dolorosa, lipoid adrenal hyperplasia, minimal change disease, lipomas, atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia, hypercholesterolemia with hypertriglyceridemia, primary hypoalphalipoproteinemia, hypothyroidism, renal disease, liver disease, lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase deficiency, cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis, sitosterolemia, hypocholesterolemia, Tay-Sachs disease, Sandhoffs disease, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipemia, lipid myopathies, and obesity; a ceU proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; and an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyenodocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes melhtus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjδgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma. The polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered TMP expression. Such quahtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
In a particular aspect, the nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. The nucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding TMP in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of TMP, a normal or standard profile for expression is estabhshed. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding TMP, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabhsh the presence of a disorder. Once the presence of a disorder is established and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months. With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earher thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
Additional diagnostic uses for oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding TMP may involve the use of PCR. These ohgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro. Ohgomers wUl preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding TMP, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding TMP, and wiU be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. Ohgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
In a particular aspect, ohgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, ohgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodUy fluids, and the like. SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary stractures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non- denaturing gels. In fSCCP, the ohgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which aUows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines. Additionally, sequence database analysis methods, termed in silico SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence. These computer-based methods filter out sequence variations due to laboratory preparation of DNA and sequencing errors using statistical models and automated analyses of DNA sequence chromatograms. In the alternative, SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASS ARRAY system (Sequenom, San Diego CA).
Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of TMP include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamphfication of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves. (See, e.g., Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem 212:229-236.) The speed of quantitation of multiple samples maybe accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the ohgomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dUutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
In further embodiments, ohgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as elements on a microarray. The microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below. The microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease. In particular, this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient. For example, therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects maybe selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile. In another embodiment, TMP, fragments of TMP, or antibodies specific for TMP may be used as elements on a microarray. The microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
A particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type. A transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or ceU type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al, "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.) Thus a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type. In one embodiment, the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurahty of elements on a microarray. The resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU line.
Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds. AU compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties. These fingerprints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene families. IdeaUy, a genome-wide measurement of expression provides the highest quahty signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as weU, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normalize the rest of the expression data. The normalization procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds. WhUe the assignment of gene function to elements of a toxicant signature aids in interpretation of toxicity mechanisms, knowledge of gene function is not necessary for the statistical matching of signatures which leads to prediction of toxicity. (See, for example, Press Release 00-02 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, released February 29, 2000, avaUable at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/news/toxchip.htm.) Therefore, it is important and desirable in toxicological screening using toxicant signatures to include aU expressed gene sequences.
In one embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels corresponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
Another particular embodiment relates to the use of the polypeptide sequences of the present invention to analyze the proteome of a tissue or ceU type. The term proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type. Each protein component of a proteome can be subjected individuaUy to further analysis. Proteome expression patterns, or profiles, are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. A profile of a ceU's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or ceU type. In one embodiment, the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra). The proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or sUver or fluorescent stains. The optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample. The optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples, for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment. The proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry. The identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
A proteo ic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for TMP to quantify the levels of TMP expression. In one embodiment, the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino- reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element. Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level. There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile. In addition, the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more rehable and informative in such cases. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the corresponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art. (See, e.g.,
Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; BaldeschweUer et al. (1995) PCT application W095/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT apphcation WO95/35505; HeUer, R.A et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150- 2155; and HeUer, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662.) Various types of microarrays are weU known and thoroughly described in DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, M. Schena, ed. (1999) Oxford University Press, London, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding TMP may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA hbraries. (See, e.g., Harrington, JJ. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; and Trask, BJ. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154.) Once mapped, the nucleic acid sequences of the invention may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). (See, for example, Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357.)
Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be correlated with other physical and genetic map data. (See, e.g., Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968.) Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding TMP on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using established chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps.
Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammahan species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely locahzed by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to 1 lq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation. (See, e.g., Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580.) The nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
In another embodiment of the invention, TMP, its catalytic or knmunogenic fragments, or ohgopeptides thereof can be used for screening hbraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between TMP and the agent being tested may be measured.
Another technique for drag screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest. (See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT apphcation WO84/03564.) In this method, large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with TMP, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound TMP is then detected by methods weU known in the art. Purified TMP can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drag screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding TMP specificaUy compete with a test compound for binding TMP. In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with TMP.
In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode TMP may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
The disclosures of all patents, apphcations, and publications mentioned above and below, including U.S. Ser. No. 60/244,017, U.S. Ser. No. 60/252,855, U.S. Ser. No. 60/251,825, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/255,085, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA hbraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, whUe others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods. Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most hbraries, poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation Mts, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
In some cases, Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA hbraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA hbraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or simUar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5J-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic ohgonucleotide adapters were hgated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most hbraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were hgated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g.,
PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2J plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMVJCIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof. Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coh ceUs including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies. IL Isolation of cDNA Clones
Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host ceUs by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. FoUowing precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0J ml of distUled water and stored, with or without lyophUization, at 4°C Alternatively, plasmid DNA was amplified fromhost ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host ceU lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384- weU plates, and the concentration of amplified plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometricaUy using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis
Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Applied Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the
MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) liquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Apphed Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Apphed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7J). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VIII.
The polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vahdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic progranming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubhc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammahan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein famUy databases such as PFAM. (HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene families. See, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER. The Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences. Alternatively, GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences (see Examples IV and V) were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to fuU length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The fuU length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the corresponding full length polypeptide sequences. Alternatively, a polypeptide of the invention may begin at any of the methionine residues of the full length translated polypeptide. FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein famUy databases such as PFAM. FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software Engineering, South San Francisco CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence ahgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence ahgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between ahgned sequences.
Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where apphcable, the scores, probabUity values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabUity value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ ID NO.J 8-34. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and amplification technologies are described in Table 4, column 4. IV. Identification and Editing of Coding Sequences from Genomic DNA Putative transmembrane proteins were initiaUy identified by ranning the Genscan gene identification program against pubhc genomic sequence databases (e.g., gbpri and gbhtg). Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (See Burge, C and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94, and Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1998) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a niethionine to a stop codon. The output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode transmembrane proteins, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for transmembrane proteins. Potential transmembrane proteins were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as transmembrane proteins. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubhc databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubhc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was avaUable, this j-nformation was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence. FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or public cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example III. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences. V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data "Stitched" Sequences
Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible sphce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a fuU length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity. For example, if an interval was present on a cDNA and two genomic sequences, then aU three intervals were considered to be equivalent. This process aUows unrelated but consecutive genomic sequences to be brought together, bridged by cDNA sequence. Intervals thus identified were then "stitched" together by the stitching algorithm in the order that they appear along their parent sequences to generate the longest possible sequence, as well as sequence variants. Linkages between intervals which proceed along one type of parent sequence (cDNA to cDNA or genomic sequence to genomic sequence) were given preference over hrikages which change parent type (cDNA to genomic sequence). The resultant stitched sequences were translated and compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubhc databases. Incorrect exons predicted by Genscan were corrected by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept. Sequences were further extended with additional cDNA sequences, or by inspection of genomic DNA, when necessary. "Stretched" Sequences
Partial DNA sequences were extended to fatt length with an algorithmbased on BLAST analysis. First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were queried against pubhc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammahan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program. The nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV. A chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog. The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the public human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched" or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to detemώie whether it contained a complete gene.
VI. Chromosomal Mapping of TMP Encoding Polynucleotides
The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO: 18-34 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ID NO: 18-34 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubhc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the teπuinus of the chromosome's p- arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters. Human genome maps and other resources available to the public, such as the NCBI "GeneMap'99" World Wide Web site (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genemap/), can be employed to determine if previously identified disease genes map within or in proximity to the intervals indicated above.
In this manner, SEQ ID NO:22 was mapped to chromosome 11 within the interval from 59.50 to 62.50 cent-Morgans and SEQ ID NO:26 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 179.2 to 186.4 centiMorgans. VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.)
Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in cDNA databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
BLAST Score x Percent Identity
5 x minimum {length(Seq. 1), length(Seq. 2)}
The product score takes into account both the degree of simUarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. The product score is a normalized value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multiphed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pah with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quahty in a BLAST ahgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap. Alternatively, polynucleotide sequences encoding TMP are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example III). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA hbrary constructed from a human tissue. Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic stractures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaha, female; genitaha, male; germceUs; hemic and immune system; liver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract. The number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of hbraries across aU categories. SimUarly, each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of hbraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of hbraries across aU categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding TMP. cDNA sequences and cDNA library/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). VIII. Extension of TMP Encoding Polynucleotides
FuU length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using ohgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68°C to about 72°C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin stractures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
Selected human cDNA hbraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
High fidelity amplification was obtained by PCR using methods weU known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-weU plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NH4)2S0 , and 2- mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), ELONGASE enzyme (Life Technologies), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the foUowing parameters for primer pah PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C In the alternative, the parameters for primer pah T7 and SK+ were as foUows: Step 1 : 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 57 °C, 1 min; Step 4: 68 °C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C The concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 μl of undUuted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), allowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA. A 5 μl to 10 μl aliquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were religated using T4 hgase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fUl-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coh ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb liquid media.
The ceUs were lysed, and DNA was amplified by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step 1 : 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 72°C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C. DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reamphfied using the same conditions as described above. Samples were dUuted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Apphed Biosystems).
In like manner, fuU length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oligonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic hbrary. IX. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NOJ8-34 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of ohgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. Ohgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each ohgomer, 250 Ci of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA). The labeled ohgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextranbead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An ahquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, O.l x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. X. Microarrays
The linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photohthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., BaldeschweUer, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof. The substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and sohd with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra). Suggested substrates include silicon, silica, glass shdes, glass chips, and silicon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical array may be produced using avaUable methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skUl in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements. (See, e.g., Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; Marshall, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31.) FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or ohgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray. Fragments or ohgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). The array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample. The polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection. After hybridization, nonhybridized nucleotides from the biological sample are removed, and a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element. Alternatively, laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed. In one embodiment, microarray preparation and usage is described in detaU below. Tissue or Cell Sample Preparation
Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A)+ RNA is purified using the oligo-(dT) cellulose method. Each poly(A)+ RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLN reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/μl oligo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/μl RΝase inhibitor, 500 μM dATP, 500 μM dGTP, 500 μM dTTP, 40 μM dCTP, 40 μM dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). The reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A)+ RΝA with GEMB RIGHT kits (Incyte). Specific control poly(A)+ RΝAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DΝA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labehng) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RΝA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (CLONTECH Laboratories (CLONTECH), Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instraments, Holbrook NY) and resuspended in 14 l 5X SSC/0.2% SDS. Microarray Preparation
Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements. Each array element is amplified frombacterial cells containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts. PCR amplification uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert. Array elements are amplified in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 μg. Amplified array elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
Purified array elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass slides. Glass microscope shdes (Coining) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0J % SDS and acetone, with extensive distilled water washes between and after treatments. Glass slides are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distilled water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated shdes are cured in a 110°C oven. Array elements are apphed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference. 1 μl of the array element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/μl, is loaded into the open capUlary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of array element sample per shde.
Microarrays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distilled water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix,, Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C followed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distilled water as before. Hybridization Hybridization reactions contain 9 μl of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 μg each of Cy3 and
Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer. The sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aliquoted onto the microarray surface and covered with an 1.8 cm2 coverslip. The arrays are transferred to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just slightly larger than a microscope shde. The chamber is kept at 100% humidity internaUy by the addition of 140 μl of 5X SSC in a corner of the chamber. The chamber containing the arrays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C. The arrays are washed for 10 min at 45° C in a first wash buffer (IX SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45°C in a second wash buffer (0JX SSC), and dried. Detection
Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5. The excitation laser light is focused on the array using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Melville NY). The slide containing the array is placed on a computer-controlled X-Y stage on the microscope and raster-scanned past the objective. The 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm array used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted light is split, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) corresponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals. The emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5. Each array is typically scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate fUters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously. The sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy cahbrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration. A specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1 : 100,000. When two samples from different sources (e.g., representing test and control cells), each labeled with a different fluorophore, are hybridized to a single array for the purpose of identifying genes that are differentially expressed, the cahbration is done by labeling samples of the calibrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture. The output of the photomultiplier tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Norwood MA) installed in an IBM-compatible PC computer. The digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal). The data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore' s emission spectrum.
A grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid. The fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal. The software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
XI. Complementary Polynucleotides
Sequences complementary to the TMP-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring TMP. Although use of ohgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pahs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate ohgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of TMP. To inhibit transcription, a complementary ohgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary ohgonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the TMP-encoding transcript.
XII. Expression of TMP
Expression and purification of TMP is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of TMP in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not hmited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TMP upon induction with isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Expression of TMP in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammahan ceU lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding TMP by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus. (See Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945.)
In most expression systems, TMP is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S- transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude ceU lysates. GST, a 26-kUodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum. enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from TMP at specificaUy engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commerciaUy avaUable monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6- His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified TMP obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI and XVII where apphcable. XIII. Functional Assays
TMP function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TMP at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammahan cell culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammahan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3J (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), both of which contain the cytomegaloviras promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endofhehal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either hposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected ceUs and is a rehable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP;
Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics- based technique, is used to identify transfected ceUs expressing GFP or CD64-GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the ceUs and other ceUular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with ceU death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in ceU size and granularity as measured by forward light scatter and 90 degree side light scatter; down- regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of ceU surface and intraceUular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the ceU surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY.
The influence of TMP on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding TMP and either CD64 or CD64-GFP. CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontiansfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods weU known by those of skiU in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding TMP and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques. XIV. Production of TMP Specific Antibodies
TMP substantially purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M.G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to irnmunize rabbits and to produce antibodies using standard protocols.
Alternatively, the TMP amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding ohgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophUic regions are weU described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
TypicaUy, ohgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Apphed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma-
Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleiimdobenzoyl-N-hycfroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra.) Rabbits are immunized with the ohgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-TMP activity by, for example, binding the peptide or TMP to a substrate, blocking with 1 % BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG. V. Purification of Naturally Occurring TMP Using Specific Antibodies
NaturaUy occurring or recombinant TMP is substantiaUy purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for TMP. An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-TMP antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Media containing TMP are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of TMP (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/TMP binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or fhiocyanate ion), and TMP is coUected.
XVI. Identification of Molecules Which Interact with TMP
TMP, or biologicaUy active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton, A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem J. 133:529-539.) Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the weUs of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled TMP, washed, and any wells with labeled TMP complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of TMP are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of TMP with the candidate molecules.
Alternatively, molecules interacting with TMP are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246, or using commercially avaUable kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
TMP may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large hbraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
XVII. Demonstration of TMP Activity Gap Junction Activity of TMP
Gap junction activity of TMP is demonstrated as the ability to induce the formation of intercellular channels between paired Xenopus laevis oocytes injected with TMP cRNA (Hennemann, supra). One week prior to the experimental injection with TMP cRNA, oocytes are injected with antisense ohgonucleotide to TMP to reduce background. TMP cRNA-injected oocytes are incubated overnight, stripped of viteUine membranes, and paired for recording of junctional currents by dual ceU voltage clamp. The measured conductances are proportional to gap junction activity of TMP.
Alternatively, an assay for TMP activity measures the ion channel activity of TMP using an electrophysiological assay for ion conductance. TMP can be expressed by tiansforming a mammalian cell hne such as COS7, HeLa or CHO with a eukaryotic expression vector encoding TMP. Eukaryotic expression vectors are commerciaUy avaUable, and the techniques to introduce them into ceUs are well known to those skilled in the art. A second plasmid which expresses any one of a number of marker genes, such as β-galactosidase, is co-transformed into the ceUs to allow rapid identification of those cells which have taken up and expressed the foreign DNA. The cells are incubated for 48-72 hours after transformation under conditions appropriate for the cell line to allow expression and accumulation of TMP and β-galactosidase.
Transformed ceUs expressing β-galactosidase are stained blue when a suitable colorimetric substrate is added to the culture media under conditions that are weU known in the art. Stained ceUs are tested for differences in membrane conductance by electrophysiological techniques that are well known in the art. Untransformed cells, and/or ceUs transformed with either vector sequences alone or β-galactosidase sequences alone, are used as controls and tested in paraUel. Cells expressing TMP will have higher anion or cation conductance relative to control cells. The contribution of TMP to conductance can be confirmed by incubating the ceUs using antibodies specific for TMP. The antibodies wUl bind to the extracellular side of TMP, thereby blocking the pore in the ion channel, and the associated conductance. Transmembrane Protein Activity of TMP
An assay for TMP activity measures the expression of TMP on the ceU surface. cDNA encoding TMP is transfected into an appropriate mammahan cell line. CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin as described (de la Fuente, M. A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405). Immunoprecipitations are performed using TMP-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using SDS-PAGE and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of TMP expressed on the ceU surface.
An alternative assay for TMP activity is based on a prototypical assay for hgand/receptor- mediated modulation of ceU proliferation. This assay measures the amount of newly synthesized DNA in Swiss mouse 3T3 ceUs expressing TMP. An appropriate mammahan expression vector containing cDNA encoding TMP is added to quiescent 3T3 cultured ceUs using transfection methods weU known in the art. The transfected ceUs are incubated in the presence of [3H]thymidine and varying amounts of TMP ligand. Incorporation of [3H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA is measured over an appropriate time interval using a tritium radioisotope counter, and the amount incorporated is directly proportional to the amount of newly synthesized DNA. A linear dose-response curve over at least a hundred-fold TMP hgand concentration range is indicative of receptor activity. One unit of activity per milhliter is defined as the concentration of TMP producing a 50% response level, where 100% represents maximal incorporation of [3H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA (McKay, I. and Leigh, I., eds. (1993) Growth Factors: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, NY, p. 73). Various modifications and variations of the described methods and systems of the invention wiU be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the foUowing claims. Table 1
Figure imgf000088_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000089_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000090_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000091_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000092_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000093_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000094_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000095_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000096_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000097_0001
Table 4 (cont)
Figure imgf000098_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000099_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000100_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000101_0001
o
Table 5
Figure imgf000102_0001
Table 6
Figure imgf000103_0001
Table 6 (cont.)
Figure imgf000104_0001
Table 6 (cont.)
Figure imgf000105_0001
O
4
Table 7
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA. masks ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences.
ABWARACELFDF A Fast Data Finder useful in comparing and Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Mismatch <50% annotating amino acid or nucleic acid sequences. Paracel Inc., Pasadena, CA.
ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences. Apphed Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
BLAST A Basic Local Ahgnment Search Tool useful in Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. ESTs: Probability value= 1.0E-8 sequence similarity search for amino acid and 215:403-410; Altschul, S.F. et al. (1997) or less nucleic acid sequences. BLAST includes five Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402. Full Length sequences: Probability functions: blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn, and tblastx. value= 1.0E-10 or less o FASTA A Pearson and Lipman algorithm that searches for Pearson, W.R. and D . Lipman (1988) Proc. ESTs: fasta E value=1.06E-6 t-Λ similarity between a query sequence and a group of Natl. Acad Sci. USA 85:2444-2448; Pearson, Assembled ESTs: fasta Identity= sequences of the same type. FASTA comprises as W.R. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 183:63-98; 95% or greater and least five functions: fasta, tfasta, fastx, tfastx, and and Smith, T.F. and M.S. Waterman (1981) Match length=200 bases or greater; ssearch. Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482-489. fastx E value=1.0E-8 or less
Full Length sequences: fastx score=100 or greater
BUMPS A BLocks IMProved Searcher that matches a Henikoff, S. and J.G. Henikoff (1991) Nucleic Probability value= 1.0E-3 or less sequence against those in BLOCKS, PRINTS, Acids Res. 19:6565-6572; Henikoff, J.G. and DOMO, PRODOM, and PFAM databases to search S. Henikoff (1996) Methods Enzymol. for gene families, sequence homology, and 266:88-105; and Attwood, T.K. et al. (1997) J. structural fingerprint regions. Chem Inf. Co put. Sci. 37:417-424.
HMMER An algorithm for searching a query sequence against Krogh, A. et al. (1994) J. Mol. Biol. PFAM hits: Probability value= hidden Markov model (HMM)-based databases of 235:1501-1531; Sonnhammer, E.L.L. et al. 1.0E-3 or less protein family consensus sequences, such as PFAM. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 26:320-322; Signal peptide hits: Score= 0 or Durbrn, R. et al. (1998) Our World View, in a greater Nutshell, Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 1-350.
Table 7 (cont.)
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ProfileS can An algorithm that searches for structural and sequence Gribskov, M. et al. (1988) CABIOS 4:61-66; Normalized quality score-. GCG- motifs in protein sequences that match sequence patterns Gribskov, M. et al. (1989) Methods Enzymol. specified "HIGH' value for that defined in Prosite. 183: 146-159; Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) particular Prosite motif. Nucleic Acids Res. 25:217-221. Generally, score=1.4-2.L
Phred A base-calling algorithm that examines automated Ewing, B. et al. (1998) Genome Res. sequencer traces with high sensitivity and probability. 8: 175-185; Ewing, B. and P. Green (1998) Genome Res. 8: 186-194.
Phrap A Phils Revised Assembly Program including SWAT and Smith, T.F. and M.S. Waterman (1981) Adv. Score= 120 or greater; CrossMatch, programs based on efficient implementation Appl. Math. 2:482-489; Smith, T.F. and M.S. Match length= 56 or greater of the Smith-Waterman algorithm, useful in searching Waterman (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 147: 195-197; sequence homology and assembling DNA sequences. and Green, P., University of Washington, Seattle, WA.
Censed A graphical tool for viewing and editing Phrap Gordon, D. et al. (1998) Genome Res. 8: 195-202. assembhes.
SPScan A weight matrix analysis program that scans protein Nielsen, H. et al. (1997) Protein Engineering Score=3.5 or greater sequences for the presence of secretory signal peptides. 10:1-6; Claverie, J.M. and S. Audic (1997) CABIOS 12:431-439.
TMAP A program that uses weight matrices to delineate Persson, B. and P. Argos (1994) J. Mol. Biol. transmembrane segments on protein sequences and 237: 182-192; Persson, B. and P. Argos (1996) determine orientation Protein Sci. 5:363-371.
TMHMMER A program that uses a hidden Markov model (HMM) to Sonnhammer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl. delineate transmembrane segments on protein sequences Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol., and determine orientation. Glasgow et al., eds., The A Assoc. for Artificial Intelligence Press, Menlo Park, CA, pp. 175-182.
Motifs A program that searches amino acid sequences for patterns Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:217-221; that matched those defined in Prosite. Wisconsin Package Program Manual, version 9, page M51-59, Genetics Computer Group, Madison, WI.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J-17.
2. An isolated polypeptide of claim 1 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
3. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
4. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 2.
5. An isolated polynucleotide of claim 4 comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34.
6. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 3.
7. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
8. A transgenic organism comprising a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
9. A method of producing a polypeptide of claim 1 , the method comprising: a) cul uring a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide, and said recombinant polynucleotide comprises a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 1 , and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
10. A method of claim 9, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
11. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
12. An isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l 8-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
13. An isolated polynucleotide comprising at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12.
14. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically h bridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
15. A method of claim 14, wherein the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
16. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) amphfying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
17. A composition comprismg a polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
18. A composition of claim 17, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
19. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising admj-ristering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition of claim 17.
20. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide of claim 1 , the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
21. A composition comprising an agonist compound identified by a method of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
22. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 21.
23. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
24. A composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by a method of claim 23 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
25. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TMP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 24.
26. A method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide of claim 1 to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1.
27. A method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 , the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1.
28. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence of claim 5, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, under conditions suitable for the expression of the target polynucleotide, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
29. A method of assessing toxicity of a test compound, the method comprising: a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound, b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12 under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide comprismg a polynucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12 or fragment thereof, c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex, and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of h bridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
30. A diagnostic test for a condition or disease associated with the expression of TMP in a biological sample, the method comprising: a) combining the biological sample with an antibody of claim 11, under conditions suitable for the antibody to bind the polypeptide and form an antibody:polypeptide complex, and b) detecting the complex, wherein the presence of the complex correlates with the presence of the polypeptide in the biological sample.
31. The antibody of claim 11 , wherein the antibody is : a) a chimeric antibody, b) a single chain antibody, c) a Fab fragment, d) a F(ab')2 fragment, or e) a humanized antibody.
32. A composition comprising an antibody of claim 11 and an acceptable excipient.
33. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of TMP in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 32.
34. A composition of claim 32, wherein the antibody is labeled.
35. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of TMP in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 34.
36. A method of preparing a polyclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibodies from said animal, and c) screening the isolated antibodies with the polypeptide, thereby identifying a polyclonal antibody which binds specifically to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
37. A polyclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 36.
38. A composition comprising the polyclonal antibody of claim 37 and a suitable carrier.
39. A method of making a monoclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11 , the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibody producing cells from the animal, c) fusing the antibody producing cells with immortalized cells to form monoclonal antibody-producing hybridoma cells, d) culturing the hybridoma cells, and e) isolating from the culture monoclonal antibody which binds specifically to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
40. A monoclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 39.
41. A composition comprising the monoclonal antibody of claim 40 and a suitable carrier.
42. The antibody of claim 11 , wherein the antibody is produced by screening a Fab expression hbrary.
43. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a recombinant immunoglobulin library.
44. A method of detecting a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17 in a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with a sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) detecting specific binding, wherein specific binding indicates the presence of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17 in the sample.
45. A method of purifying a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17 from a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with a sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) separating the antibody from the sample and obtaining the purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOJ-17.
46. A microarray wherein at least one element of the microarray is a polynucleotide of claim
13.
47. A method of generating an expression profile of a sample which contains polynucleotides, the method comprising: a) labeling the polynucleotides of the sample, b) contacting the elements of the microarray of claim 46 with the labeled polynucleotides of the sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a hybridization complex, and c) quantifying the expression of the polynucleotides in the sample.
48. An array comprising different nucleotide molecules affixed in distinct physical locations on a sohd substrate, wherein at least one of said nucleotide molecules comprises a first ohgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence specifically hybridizable with at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of a target polynucleotide, and wherein said target polynucleotide is a polynucleotide of claim 12.
49. An array of claim 48, wherein said first ohgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
50. An array of claim 48, wherein said first ohgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
51. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to said target polynucleotide.
52. An array of claim 48, which is a microarray.
53. An array of claim 48, further comprising said target polynucleotide hybridized to a nucleotide molecule comprising said first ohgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence.
54. An array of claim 48, wherein a linker joins at least one of said nucleotide molecules to said sohd substrate.
55. An array of claim 48, wherein each distinct physical location on the substrate contains multiple nucleotide molecules, and the multiple nucleotide molecules at any single distinct physical location have the same sequence, and each distinct physical location on the substrate contains nucleotide molecules having a sequence which differs from the sequence of nucleotide molecules at another distinct physical location on the substrate.
56. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l.
57. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
.
58. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3.
59. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
60. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5.
61. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
62. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
63. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8.
64. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9.
65. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
66. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
67. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.J2.
68. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:13.
69. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.
70. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.J5.
71. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16.
72. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17.
73. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l 8.
74. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:19.
75. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:20.
76. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:21.
77. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:22.
78. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:23.
79. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
80. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:25.
81. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:26.
82. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:27.
83. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:28.
84. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:29.
85. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:30.
86. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:31.
87. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:32.
88. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:33.
89. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:34.
PCT/US2001/049670 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins WO2002034783A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2002232707A AU2002232707A1 (en) 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins
EP01988736A EP1385883A2 (en) 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins
US10/415,188 US20040049010A1 (en) 2001-10-26 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins
JP2002537772A JP2004530409A (en) 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane protein
CA002427085A CA2427085A1 (en) 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US24401700P 2000-10-27 2000-10-27
US60/244,017 2000-10-27
US25285500P 2000-11-22 2000-11-22
US60/252,855 2000-11-22
US25182500P 2000-12-07 2000-12-07
US60/251,825 2000-12-07
US25508500P 2000-12-12 2000-12-12
US60/255,085 2000-12-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002034783A2 true WO2002034783A2 (en) 2002-05-02
WO2002034783A3 WO2002034783A3 (en) 2003-10-30

Family

ID=27500142

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2001/049670 WO2002034783A2 (en) 2000-10-27 2001-10-26 Transmembrane proteins

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1385883A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2004530409A (en)
AU (1) AU2002232707A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2427085A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002034783A2 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003093316A3 (en) * 2002-04-30 2004-02-12 Ares Trading Sa Immunoglobulin-domain containing cell surface recognition molecules
WO2004015110A1 (en) * 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science And Technology Sugar chain synthase gene
WO2003080105A3 (en) * 2002-03-22 2004-05-21 Gene Signal Angiogenesis regulator genes, pharmaceutical preparations containing same and uses thereof
WO2006043060A2 (en) * 2004-10-18 2006-04-27 Ares Trading S.A. Mam domain containing protein
WO2006120160A1 (en) * 2005-05-06 2006-11-16 Laboratoires Serono S.A. Use of an immunoglobulin domain-containing cell surface recognition molecule for treating diseases
WO2007043623A1 (en) * 2005-10-14 2007-04-19 Genomembrane, Inc. Novel transporter protein in mammal and utilization of the same
EP1858524A2 (en) * 2005-03-02 2007-11-28 The Scripps Research Institute Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and related diseases
WO2008044351A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 National University Corporation Okayama University Novel transporter protein in mammal, and use thereof
US7803906B2 (en) 2002-03-22 2010-09-28 Gene Signal International Sa Composition comprising an angiogenesis related protein
US9539306B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2017-01-10 Gene Signal International Sa Anti-tumor drug, medicament, composition, and use thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998006846A1 (en) * 1996-08-16 1998-02-19 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human induced tumor protein
WO2000056891A2 (en) * 1999-03-22 2000-09-28 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human transmembrane proteins

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998006846A1 (en) * 1996-08-16 1998-02-19 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human induced tumor protein
WO2000056891A2 (en) * 1999-03-22 2000-09-28 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human transmembrane proteins

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 17 September 1999 (1999-09-17) "Homo sapiens chromosome 5 clone CTC-458I2, complete sequence" Database accession no. AC010260 XP002221760 *
DATABASE GENBANK [Online] 26 October 2000 (2000-10-26) retrieved from NCBI XP002221869 *
KRUEGER W H H ET AL: "TPO1, a member of a novel protein family, is developmentally regulated in cultured oligodendrocytes." JOURNAL OF NEUROCHEMISTRY, vol. 69, no. 4, 1997, pages 1343-1355, XP002221759 ISSN: 0022-3042 *
SAIER M H JR: "Families of proteins forming transmembrane channels." JOURNAL OF MEMBRANE BIOLOGY, vol. 175, no. 3, 1 June 2000 (2000-06-01), pages 165-180, XP002221812 ISSN: 0022-2631 *

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003080105A3 (en) * 2002-03-22 2004-05-21 Gene Signal Angiogenesis regulator genes, pharmaceutical preparations containing same and uses thereof
US7803906B2 (en) 2002-03-22 2010-09-28 Gene Signal International Sa Composition comprising an angiogenesis related protein
AU2003229961B2 (en) * 2002-04-30 2009-02-19 Ares Trading S.A. Immunoglobulin-domain containing cell surface recognition molecules
WO2003093316A3 (en) * 2002-04-30 2004-02-12 Ares Trading Sa Immunoglobulin-domain containing cell surface recognition molecules
US7622555B2 (en) 2002-04-30 2009-11-24 Ares Trading S.A. Cytokine antagonist molecules
EA007985B1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2007-02-27 Арес Трейдинг С.А. Immunoglobulin-domain containing cell surface recognition molecules
WO2004015110A1 (en) * 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science And Technology Sugar chain synthase gene
WO2006043060A3 (en) * 2004-10-18 2006-07-06 Ares Trading Sa Mam domain containing protein
WO2006043060A2 (en) * 2004-10-18 2006-04-27 Ares Trading S.A. Mam domain containing protein
EP1858524A2 (en) * 2005-03-02 2007-11-28 The Scripps Research Institute Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and related diseases
EP1858524A4 (en) * 2005-03-02 2011-03-30 Scripps Research Inst Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and related diseases
WO2006120160A1 (en) * 2005-05-06 2006-11-16 Laboratoires Serono S.A. Use of an immunoglobulin domain-containing cell surface recognition molecule for treating diseases
WO2007043623A1 (en) * 2005-10-14 2007-04-19 Genomembrane, Inc. Novel transporter protein in mammal and utilization of the same
US7892728B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-02-22 Genomembrane, Inc. Transporter protein in mammal and utilization of the same
US8278032B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2012-10-02 Genomembrane, Inc. Transporter protein in mammal and utilization of the same
WO2008044351A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 National University Corporation Okayama University Novel transporter protein in mammal, and use thereof
US9539306B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2017-01-10 Gene Signal International Sa Anti-tumor drug, medicament, composition, and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004530409A (en) 2004-10-07
EP1385883A2 (en) 2004-02-04
WO2002034783A3 (en) 2003-10-30
AU2002232707A1 (en) 2002-05-06
CA2427085A1 (en) 2002-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2002010387A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1341812A2 (en) Secreted proteins
WO2001098354A2 (en) Human receptors
WO2003029437A2 (en) Secreted proteins
US20030215822A1 (en) Secreted proteins
WO2002034783A2 (en) Transmembrane proteins
WO2003070902A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2003004615A2 (en) Secreted proteins
WO2002026825A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2003025130A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
EP1366165A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
JP2004528006A (en) Secreted protein
EP1368473A2 (en) Neurotransmission-associated proteins
EP1409550A1 (en) Extracellular messengers
EP1294884A2 (en) Secretion and trafficking molecules
EP1423697A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1432801A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
US20040049010A1 (en) Transmembrane proteins
WO2002097035A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1404703A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2004029218A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2003074726A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
WO2003000859A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2004044159A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
US20040023268A1 (en) G-protein coupled receptors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10415188

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002537772

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2427085

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2001988736

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2001988736

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2001988736

Country of ref document: EP